* 'core-iommu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
x86, ioapic: Consolidate the explicit EOI code
x86, ioapic: Restore the mask bit correctly in eoi_ioapic_irq()
x86, kdump, ioapic: Reset remote-IRR in clear_IO_APIC
iommu: Rename the DMAR and INTR_REMAP config options
x86, ioapic: Define irq_remap_modify_chip_defaults()
x86, msi, intr-remap: Use the ioapic set affinity routine
iommu: Cleanup ifdefs in detect_intel_iommu()
iommu: No need to set dmar_disabled in check_zero_address()
iommu: Move IOMMU specific code to intel-iommu.c
intr_remap: Call dmar_dev_scope_init() explicitly
x86, x2apic: Enable the bios request for x2apic optout
* 'staging-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/staging: (1519 commits)
staging: et131x: Remove redundant check and return statement
staging: et131x: Mainly whitespace changes to appease checkpatch
staging: et131x: Remove last of the forward declarations
staging: et131x: Remove even more forward declarations
staging: et131x: Remove yet more forward declarations
staging: et131x: Remove more forward declarations
staging: et131x: Remove forward declaration of et131x_adapter_setup
staging: et131x: Remove some forward declarations
staging: et131x: Remove unused rx_ring.recv_packet_pool
staging: et131x: Remove call to find pci pm capability
staging: et131x: Remove redundant et131x_reset_recv() call
staging: et131x: Remove unused rx_ring.recv_buffer_pool
Staging: bcm: Fix three initialization errors in InterfaceDld.c
Staging: bcm: Fix coding style issues in InterfaceDld.c
staging:iio:dac: Add AD5360 driver
staging:iio:trigger:bfin-timer: Fix compile error
Staging: vt6655: add some range checks before memcpy()
Staging: vt6655: whitespace fixes to iotcl.c
Staging: vt6656: add some range checks before memcpy()
Staging: vt6656: whitespace cleanups in ioctl.c
...
Fix up conflicts in:
- drivers/{Kconfig,Makefile}, drivers/staging/{Kconfig,Makefile}:
vg driver movement
- drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmfmac/{dhd_linux.c,mac80211_if.c}:
driver removal vs now stale changes
- drivers/staging/rtl8192e/r8192E_core.c:
driver removal vs now stale changes
- drivers/staging/et131x/et131*:
driver consolidation into one file, tried to do fixups
* 'tty-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (79 commits)
TTY: serial_core: Fix crash if DCD drop during suspend
tty/serial: atmel_serial: bootconsole removed from auto-enumerates
Revert "TTY: call tty_driver_lookup_tty unconditionally"
tty/serial: atmel_serial: add device tree support
tty/serial: atmel_serial: auto-enumerate ports
tty/serial: atmel_serial: whitespace and braces modifications
tty/serial: atmel_serial: change platform_data variable name
tty/serial: RS485 bindings for device tree
TTY: call tty_driver_lookup_tty unconditionally
TTY: pty, release tty in all ptmx_open fail paths
TTY: make tty_add_file non-failing
TTY: drop driver reference in tty_open fail path
8250_pci: Fix kernel panic when pch_uart is disabled
h8300: drivers/serial/Kconfig was moved
parport_pc: release IO region properly if unsupported ITE887x card is found
tty: Support compat_ioctl get/set termios_locked
hvc_console: display printk messages on console.
TTY: snyclinkmp: forever loop in tx_load_dma_buffer()
tty/n_gsm: avoid fifo overflow in gsm_dlci_data_output
tty/n_gsm: fix a bug in gsm_dlci_data_output (adaption = 2 case)
...
Fix up Conflicts in:
- drivers/tty/serial/8250_pci.c
Trivial conflict with removed duplicate device ID
- drivers/tty/serial/atmel_serial.c
Annoying silly conflict between "specify the port num via
platform_data" and other changes to atmel_console_init
* 'hwmon-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/groeck/linux-staging: (26 commits)
hwmon: (w83627ehf) Better fix for negative temperature values
hwmon: (w83627ehf) Uninline is_word_sized
hwmon: (lm75) Document why clones are not detected
hwmon: (w83627ehf) Move fan pins check to a separate function
hwmon: (w83627ehf) Skip reading unused voltage registers
hwmon: (lm75) Add support for Analog Devices ADT75
hwmon: (pmbus_core) Simplify sign extensions
hwmon: (pmbus) Add support for Lineage Power DC-DC converters
hwmon: (pmbus/ltc2978) Add support for LTC3880 to LTC2978 driver
hwmon: (pmbus/ltc2978) Explicit driver for LTC2978
hwmon: (pmbus) Add support for TEMP2 peak attributes
hwmon: AD7314 driver (ported from IIO)
hwmon: (pmbus) Add support for Intersil power management chips
hwmon: (pmbus) Always call _pmbus_read_byte in core driver
hwmon: (pmbus) Replace EINVAL return codes with more appropriate errors
hwmon: (pmbus) Provide more documentation
hwmon/f71882fg: Make the decision wether to register fan attr. per fan
hwmon/f71882fg: Add a f71882fg_create_fan_sysfs_files helper function
hwmon/f71882fg: Make all fan/pwm attr tables 2 dimensional
hwmon: (exynos4_tmu) Remove IRQF_DISABLED
...
* git://github.com/rustyrussell/linux:
params: make dashes and underscores in parameter names truly equal
kmod: prevent kmod_loop_msg overflow in __request_module()
* 'for-linus' of git://github.com/ericvh/linux:
9p: fix 9p.txt to advertise msize instead of maxdata
net/9p: Convert net/9p protocol dumps to tracepoints
fs/9p: change an int to unsigned int
fs/9p: Cleanup option parsing in 9p
9p: move dereference after NULL check
fs/9p: inode file operation is properly initialized init_special_inode
fs/9p: Update zero-copy implementation in 9p
The user may use "foo-bar" for a kernel parameter defined as "foo_bar".
Make sure it works the other way around too.
Apply the equality of dashes and underscores on early_params and __setup
params as well.
The example given in Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt indicates that
this is the intended behaviour.
With the patch the kernel accepts "log-buf-len=1M" as expected.
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=744545
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> (neatened implementations)
The pool allocation failures are masked by the pool; there is no need to
spam the console about them. (That's the whole point of having the pool
in the first place.)
Mark msg allocations whose failure is safely handled as such.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
This simplifies the init/shutdown paths, and makes client->msgr available
during the rest of the setup process.
Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Initialize jump_labels much, much earlier, so they're available for use
during system setup.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
When updating a newly loaded module, the code is definitely not yet
executing on any processor, so it can be updated with no need for any
heavyweight synchronization.
This patch adds arch_jump_label_static() which is implemented as
arch_jump_label_transform() by default, but architectures can override
it if it avoids, say, a call to stop_machine().
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
If a key has been enabled before jump_label_init() is called, don't
nop it out.
This removes arch_jump_label_text_poke_early() (which can only nop
out a site) and uses arch_jump_label_transform() instead.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
ATOMIC_INIT() is the proper thing to use.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
* 'nfs-for-3.2' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (26 commits)
Check validity of cl_rpcclient in nfs_server_list_show
NFS: Get rid of the nfs_rdata_mempool
NFS: Don't rely on PageError in nfs_readpage_release_partial
NFS: Get rid of unnecessary calls to ClearPageError() in read code
NFS: Get rid of nfs_restart_rpc()
NFS: Get rid of the unused nfs_write_data->flags field
NFS: Get rid of the unused nfs_read_data->flags field
NFSv4: Translate NFS4ERR_BADNAME into ENOENT when applied to a lookup
NFS: Remove the unused "lookupfh()" version of nfs4_proc_lookup()
NFS: Use the inode->i_version to cache NFSv4 change attribute information
SUNRPC: Remove unnecessary export of rpc_sockaddr2uaddr
SUNRPC: Fix rpc_sockaddr2uaddr
nfs/super.c: local functions should be static
pnfsblock: fix writeback deadlock
pnfsblock: fix NULL pointer dereference
pnfs: recoalesce when ld read pagelist fails
pnfs: recoalesce when ld write pagelist fails
pnfs: make _set_lo_fail generic
pnfsblock: add missing rpc_put_mount and path_put
SUNRPC/NFS: make rpc pipe upcall generic
...
* 'for-3.2' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (103 commits)
nfs41: implement DESTROY_CLIENTID operation
nfsd4: typo logical vs bitwise negate for want_mask
nfsd4: allow NFS4_SHARE_SIGNAL_DELEG_WHEN_RESRC_AVAIL | NFS4_SHARE_PUSH_DELEG_WHEN_UNCONTENDED
nfsd4: seq->status_flags may be used unitialized
nfsd41: use SEQ4_STATUS_BACKCHANNEL_FAULT when cb_sequence is invalid
nfsd4: implement new 4.1 open reclaim types
nfsd4: remove unneeded CLAIM_DELEGATE_CUR workaround
nfsd4: warn on open failure after create
nfsd4: preallocate open stateid in process_open1()
nfsd4: do idr preallocation with stateid allocation
nfsd4: preallocate nfs4_file in process_open1()
nfsd4: clean up open owners on OPEN failure
nfsd4: simplify process_open1 logic
nfsd4: make is_open_owner boolean
nfsd4: centralize renew_client() calls
nfsd4: typo logical vs bitwise negate
nfs: fix bug about IPv6 address scope checking
nfsd4: more robust ignoring of WANT bits in OPEN
nfsd4: move name-length checks to xdr
nfsd4: move access/deny validity checks to xdr code
...
* 'pm-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (63 commits)
PM / Clocks: Remove redundant NULL checks before kfree()
PM / Documentation: Update docs about suspend and CPU hotplug
ACPI / PM: Add Sony VGN-FW21E to nonvs blacklist.
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A4R support (v4)
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A3SP support (v4)
PM / Sleep: Mark devices involved in wakeup signaling during suspend
PM / Hibernate: Improve performance of LZO/plain hibernation, checksum image
PM / Hibernate: Do not initialize static and extern variables to 0
PM / Freezer: Make fake_signal_wake_up() wake TASK_KILLABLE tasks too
PM / Hibernate: Add resumedelay kernel param in addition to resumewait
MAINTAINERS: Update linux-pm list address
PM / ACPI: Blacklist Vaio VGN-FW520F machine known to require acpi_sleep=nonvs
PM / ACPI: Blacklist Sony Vaio known to require acpi_sleep=nonvs
PM / Hibernate: Add resumewait param to support MMC-like devices as resume file
PM / Hibernate: Fix typo in a kerneldoc comment
PM / Hibernate: Freeze kernel threads after preallocating memory
PM: Update the policy on default wakeup settings
PM / VT: Cleanup #if defined uglyness and fix compile error
PM / Suspend: Off by one in pm_suspend()
PM / Hibernate: Include storage keys in hibernation image on s390
...
* 'for-next' of git://git.linaro.org/people/triad/linux-pinctrl:
pinctrl/sirf: fix sirfsoc_get_group_pins prototype
pinctrl: Don't copy function name when requesting a pin
pinctrl: Don't copy pin names when registering them
pinctrl: Remove unsafe __refdata
pinctrl: get_group_pins() const fixes
pinctrl: add a driver for the CSR SiRFprimaII pinmux
pinctrl: add a driver for the U300 pinmux
drivers: create a pin control subsystem
* 'for-linus' of git://opensource.wolfsonmicro.com/regmap: (62 commits)
mfd: Enable rbtree cache for wm831x devices
regmap: Support some block operations on cached devices
regmap: Allow caches for devices with no defaults
regmap: Ensure rbtree syncs registers set to zero properly
regmap: Allow rbtree to cache zero default values
regmap: Warn on raw I/O as well as bulk reads that bypass cache
regmap: Return a sensible error code if we fail to read the cache
regmap: Use bsearch() to search the register defaults
regmap: Fix doc comment
regmap: Optimize the lookup path to use binary search
regmap: Ensure we scream if we enable cache bypass/only at the same time
regmap: Implement regcache_cache_bypass helper function
regmap: Save/restore the bypass state upon syncing
regmap: Lock the sync path, ensure we use the lockless _regmap_write()
regmap: Fix apostrophe usage
regmap: Make _regmap_write() global
regmap: Fix lock used for regcache_cache_only()
regmap: Grab the lock in regcache_cache_only()
regmap: Modify map->cache_bypass directly
regmap: Fix regcache_sync generic implementation
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1745 commits)
dp83640: free packet queues on remove
dp83640: use proper function to free transmit time stamping packets
ipv6: Do not use routes from locally generated RAs
|PATCH net-next] tg3: add tx_dropped counter
be2net: don't create multiple RX/TX rings in multi channel mode
be2net: don't create multiple TXQs in BE2
be2net: refactor VF setup/teardown code into be_vf_setup/clear()
be2net: add vlan/rx-mode/flow-control config to be_setup()
net_sched: cls_flow: use skb_header_pointer()
ipv4: avoid useless call of the function check_peer_pmtu
TCP: remove TCP_DEBUG
net: Fix driver name for mdio-gpio.c
ipv4: tcp: fix TOS value in ACK messages sent from TIME_WAIT
rtnetlink: Add missing manual netlink notification in dev_change_net_namespaces
ipv4: fix ipsec forward performance regression
jme: fix irq storm after suspend/resume
route: fix ICMP redirect validation
net: hold sock reference while processing tx timestamps
tcp: md5: add more const attributes
Add ethtool -g support to virtio_net
...
Fix up conflicts in:
- drivers/net/Kconfig:
The split-up generated a trivial conflict with removal of a
stale reference to Documentation/networking/net-modules.txt.
Remove it from the new location instead.
- fs/sysfs/dir.c:
Fairly nasty conflicts with the sysfs rb-tree usage, conflicting
with Eric Biederman's changes for tagged directories.
We have to call svc_rpcb_cleanup() explicitly from nfsd_last_thread() since
this function is registered as service shutdown callback and thus nobody else
will done it for us.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This helpers will be used only for those services, that will send portmapper
registration calls.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
* 'usb-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb: (260 commits)
usb: renesas_usbhs: fixup inconsistent return from usbhs_pkt_push()
usb/isp1760: Allow to optionally trigger low-level chip reset via GPIOLIB.
USB: gadget: midi: memory leak in f_midi_bind_config()
USB: gadget: midi: fix range check in f_midi_out_open()
QE/FHCI: fixed the CONTROL bug
usb: renesas_usbhs: tidyup for smatch warnings
USB: Fix USB Kconfig dependency problem on 85xx/QoirQ platforms
EHCI: workaround for MosChip controller bug
usb: gadget: file_storage: fix race on unloading
USB: ftdi_sio.c: Use ftdi async_icount structure for TIOCMIWAIT, as in other drivers
USB: ftdi_sio.c:Fill MSR fields of the ftdi async_icount structure
USB: ftdi_sio.c: Fill LSR fields of the ftdi async_icount structure
USB: ftdi_sio.c:Fill TX field of the ftdi async_icount structure
USB: ftdi_sio.c: Fill the RX field of the ftdi async_icount structure
USB: ftdi_sio.c: Basic icount infrastructure for ftdi_sio
usb/isp1760: Let OF bindings depend on general CONFIG_OF instead of PPC_OF .
USB: ftdi_sio: Support TI/Luminary Micro Stellaris BD-ICDI Board
USB: Fix runtime wakeup on OHCI
xHCI/USB: Make xHCI driver have a BOS descriptor.
usb: gadget: add new usb gadget for ACM and mass storage
...
* 'driver-core-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (38 commits)
mm: memory hotplug: Check if pages are correctly reserved on a per-section basis
Revert "memory hotplug: Correct page reservation checking"
Update email address for stable patch submission
dynamic_debug: fix undefined reference to `__netdev_printk'
dynamic_debug: use a single printk() to emit messages
dynamic_debug: remove num_enabled accounting
dynamic_debug: consolidate repetitive struct _ddebug descriptor definitions
uio: Support physical addresses >32 bits on 32-bit systems
sysfs: add unsigned long cast to prevent compile warning
drivers: base: print rejected matches with DEBUG_DRIVER
memory hotplug: Correct page reservation checking
memory hotplug: Refuse to add unaligned memory regions
remove the messy code file Documentation/zh_CN/SubmitChecklist
ARM: mxc: convert device creation to use platform_device_register_full
new helper to create platform devices with dma mask
docs/driver-model: Update device class docs
docs/driver-model: Document device.groups
kobj_uevent: Ignore if some listeners cannot handle message
dynamic_debug: make netif_dbg() call __netdev_printk()
dynamic_debug: make netdev_dbg() call __netdev_printk()
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (59 commits)
MAINTAINERS: linux-m32r is moderated for non-subscribers
linux@lists.openrisc.net is moderated for non-subscribers
Drop default from "DM365 codec select" choice
parisc: Kconfig: cleanup Kernel page size default
Kconfig: remove redundant CONFIG_ prefix on two symbols
cris: remove arch/cris/arch-v32/lib/nand_init.S
microblaze: add missing CONFIG_ prefixes
h8300: drop puzzling Kconfig dependencies
MAINTAINERS: microblaze-uclinux@itee.uq.edu.au is moderated for non-subscribers
tty: drop superfluous dependency in Kconfig
ARM: mxc: fix Kconfig typo 'i.MX51'
Fix file references in Kconfig files
aic7xxx: fix Kconfig references to READMEs
Fix file references in drivers/ide/
thinkpad_acpi: Fix printk typo 'bluestooth'
bcmring: drop commented out line in Kconfig
btmrvl_sdio: fix typo 'btmrvl_sdio_sd6888'
doc: raw1394: Trivial typo fix
CIFS: Don't free volume_info->UNC until we are entirely done with it.
treewide: Correct spelling of successfully in comments
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid: (61 commits)
HID: hid-magicmouse: Magic Trackpad has 1 button, not 2
HID: Add device IDs for more SJOY adapters
HID: primax: remove spurious dependency
HID: support primax keyboards violating USB HID spec
HID: usbhid: cancel timer for retry synchronously
HID: wacom: Set input bits before registration
HID: consolidate MacbookAir 4,1 mappings
HID: MacbookAir4,1 and MacbookAir4,2 need entry in hid_mouse_ignore_list[]
HID: Add support MacbookAir 4,1 keyboard
HID: hidraw: open count should not increase if error
HID: hiddev: potential info leak in hiddev_ioctl()
HID: multitouch: decide if hid-multitouch needs to handle mt devices
HID: add autodetection of multitouch devices
HID: "hid-logitech" driver with Logitech Driving Force GT
HID: hid-logitech-dj: fix off by one
HID: hidraw: protect hidraw_disconnect() better
HID: hid-multitouch: add support for the IDEACOM 6650 chip
HID: Add full support for Logitech Unifying receivers
HID: hidraw: free list for all error in hidraw_open
HID: roccat: Kone now reports external profile changes via roccat device
...
* 'for-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nab/target-pending: (62 commits)
target: Fix compile warning w/ missing module.h include
target: Remove legacy se_task->task_timer and associated logic
target: Fix incorrect transport_sent usage
target: re-use the command S/G list for single-task commands
target: Fix BIDI t_task_cdb handling in transport_generic_new_cmd
target: remove transport_allocate_tasks
target: merge transport_new_cmd_obj into transport_generic_new_cmd
target: remove the task_sg_bidi field se_task and pSCSI BIDI support
target: transport_subsystem_check_init cleanups
target: use a workqueue for I/O completions
target: remove unused TRANSPORT_ states
target: remove TRANSPORT_DEFERRED_CMD state
target: remove the TRANSPORT_REMOVE state
target: move depth_left manipulation out of transport_generic_request_failure
target: stop task timers earlier
target: remove TF_TIMER_STOP
target: factor some duplicate code for stopping a task
target: fix list walking in transport_free_dev_tasks
target: use transport_cmd_check_stop_to_fabric consistently
target: do not pass the queue object to transport_remove_cmd_from_queue
...
* 'next' of git://selinuxproject.org/~jmorris/linux-security: (95 commits)
TOMOYO: Fix incomplete read after seek.
Smack: allow to access /smack/access as normal user
TOMOYO: Fix unused kernel config option.
Smack: fix: invalid length set for the result of /smack/access
Smack: compilation fix
Smack: fix for /smack/access output, use string instead of byte
Smack: domain transition protections (v3)
Smack: Provide information for UDS getsockopt(SO_PEERCRED)
Smack: Clean up comments
Smack: Repair processing of fcntl
Smack: Rule list lookup performance
Smack: check permissions from user space (v2)
TOMOYO: Fix quota and garbage collector.
TOMOYO: Remove redundant tasklist_lock.
TOMOYO: Fix domain transition failure warning.
TOMOYO: Remove tomoyo_policy_memory_lock spinlock.
TOMOYO: Simplify garbage collector.
TOMOYO: Fix make namespacecheck warnings.
target: check hex2bin result
encrypted-keys: check hex2bin result
...
* 'stable/drivers-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
xenbus: don't rely on xen_initial_domain to detect local xenstore
xenbus: Fix loopback event channel assuming domain 0
xen/pv-on-hvm:kexec: Fix implicit declaration of function 'xen_hvm_domain'
xen/pv-on-hvm kexec: add xs_reset_watches to shutdown watches from old kernel
xen/pv-on-hvm kexec: update xs_wire.h:xsd_sockmsg_type from xen-unstable
xen/pv-on-hvm kexec+kdump: reset PV devices in kexec or crash kernel
xen/pv-on-hvm kexec: rebind virqs to existing eventchannel ports
xen/pv-on-hvm kexec: prevent crash in xenwatch_thread() when stale watch events arrive
* 'stable/drivers.bugfixes-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
xen/pciback: Check if the device is found instead of blindly assuming so.
xen/pciback: Do not dereference psdev during printk when it is NULL.
xen: remove XEN_PLATFORM_PCI config option
xen: XEN_PVHVM depends on PCI
xen/pciback: double lock typo
xen/pciback: use mutex rather than spinlock in vpci backend
xen/pciback: Use mutexes when working with Xenbus state transitions.
xen/pciback: miscellaneous adjustments
xen/pciback: use mutex rather than spinlock in passthrough backend
xen/pciback: use resource_size()
* 'stable/pci.fixes-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
xen/pci: support multi-segment systems
xen-swiotlb: When doing coherent alloc/dealloc check before swizzling the MFNs.
xen/pci: make bus notifier handler return sane values
xen-swiotlb: fix printk and panic args
xen-swiotlb: Fix wrong panic.
xen-swiotlb: Retry up three times to allocate Xen-SWIOTLB
xen-pcifront: Update warning comment to use 'e820_host' option.
This was done to resolve a conflict in the
drivers/staging/comedi/drivers/ni_labpc.c file that resolved a build
bugfix in Linus's tree with a "better" bugfix that was in the
staging-next tree that resolved the issue in a more complete manner.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* 'stable/bug.fixes-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
xen/p2m/debugfs: Make type_name more obvious.
xen/p2m/debugfs: Fix potential pointer exception.
xen/enlighten: Fix compile warnings and set cx to known value.
xen/xenbus: Remove the unnecessary check.
xen/irq: If we fail during msi_capability_init return proper error code.
xen/events: Don't check the info for NULL as it is already done.
xen/events: BUG() when we can't allocate our event->irq array.
* 'stable/mmu.fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
xen: Fix selfballooning and ensure it doesn't go too far
xen/gntdev: Fix sleep-inside-spinlock
xen: modify kernel mappings corresponding to granted pages
xen: add an "highmem" parameter to alloc_xenballooned_pages
xen/p2m: Use SetPagePrivate and its friends for M2P overrides.
xen/p2m: Make debug/xen/mmu/p2m visible again.
Revert "xen/debug: WARN_ON when identity PFN has no _PAGE_IOMAP flag set."
* 'stable/e820-3.2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/konrad/xen:
xen: release all pages within 1-1 p2m mappings
xen: allow extra memory to be in multiple regions
xen: allow balloon driver to use more than one memory region
xen/balloon: simplify test for the end of usable RAM
xen/balloon: account for pages released during memory setup
This is finally the RAID5 Write support.
The bigger part of this patch is not the XOR engine itself, But the
read4write logic, which is a complete mini prepare_for_striping
reading engine that can read scattered pages of a stripe into cache
so it can be used for XOR calculation. That is, if the write was not
stripe aligned.
The main algorithm behind the XOR engine is the 2 dimensional array:
struct __stripe_pages_2d.
A drawing might save 1000 words
---
__stripe_pages_2d
|
n = pages_in_stripe_unit;
w = group_width - parity;
| pages array presented to the XOR lib
| |
V |
__1_page_stripe[0].pages --> [c0][c1]..[cw][c_par] <---|
| |
__1_page_stripe[1].pages --> [c0][c1]..[cw][c_par] <---
|
... | ...
|
__1_page_stripe[n].pages --> [c0][c1]..[cw][c_par]
^
|
data added columns first then row
---
The pages are put on this array columns first. .i.e:
p0-of-c0, p1-of-c0, ... pn-of-c0, p0-of-c1, ...
So we are doing a corner turn of the pages.
Note that pages will zigzag down and left. but are put sequentially
in growing order. So when the time comes to XOR the stripe, only the
beginning and end of the array need be checked. We scan the array
and any NULL spot will be field by pages-to-be-read.
The FS that wants to support RAID5 needs to supply an
operations-vector that searches a given page in cache, and specifies
if the page is uptodate or need reading. All these pages to be read
are put on a slave ore_io_state and synchronously read. All the pages
of a stripe are read in one IO, using the scatter gather mechanism.
In write we constrain our IO to only be incomplete on a single
stripe. Meaning either the complete IO is within a single stripe so
we might have pages to read from both beginning or end of the
strip. Or we have some reading to do at beginning but end at strip
boundary. The left over pages are pushed to the next IO by the API
already established by previous work, where an IO offset/length
combination presented to the ORE might get the length truncated and
the user must re-submit the leftover pages. (Both exofs and NFS
support this)
But any ORE user should make it's best effort to align it's IO
before hand and avoid complications. A cached ore_layout->stripe_size
member can be used for that calculation. (NOTE: that ORE demands
that stripe_size may not be bigger then 32bit)
What else? Well read it and tell me.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
This patch introduces the first stage of RAID5 support
mainly the skip-over-raid-units when reading. For
writes it inserts BLANK units, into where XOR blocks
should be calculated and written to.
It introduces the new "general raid maths", and the main
additional parameters and components needed for raid5.
Since at this stage it could corrupt future version that
actually do support raid5. The enablement of raid5
mounting and setting of parity-count > 0 is disabled. So
the raid5 code will never be used. Mounting of raid5 is
only enabled later once the basic XOR write is also in.
But if the patch "enable RAID5" is applied this code has
been tested to be able to properly read raid5 volumes
and is according to standard.
Also it has been tested that the new maths still properly
supports RAID0 and grouping code just as before.
(BTW: I have found more bugs in the pnfs-obj RAID math
fixed here)
The ore.c file is getting too big, so new ore_raid.[hc]
files are added that will include the special raid stuff
that are not used in striping and mirrors. In future write
support these will get bigger.
When adding the ore_raid.c to Kbuild file I was forced to
rename ore.ko to libore.ko. Is it possible to keep source
file, say ore.c and module file ore.ko the same even if there
are multiple files inside ore.ko?
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
For simple modules that contain a single platform_driver without any
additional setup code then ends up being a block of duplicated
boilerplate. This patch adds a new macro, module_platform_driver(),
which replaces the module_init()/module_exit() registrations with
template functions.
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Damm <magnus.damm@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
It was enabled by default and the messages guarded
by the define are useful.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Markers have removed already twice:
1: fc5377668c
2: eb878b3bc0
But a little bit is still here.
Signed-off-by: Tkhai Kirill <tkhai@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
This patch allows to read temperature
from TMU(Thermal Management Unit) of SAMSUNG EXYNOS4 series of SoC.
Signed-off-by: Donggeun Kim <dg77.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
Without this msize=4294967295 will result in a crash
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* remove lot of update to different data structure
* add a seperate callback for zero copy request.
* above makes non zero copy code path simpler
* remove conditionalizing TREAD/TREADDIR/TWRITE in the zero copy path
* Fix the dotu p9_check_errors with zero copy. Add sufficient doc around
* Add support for both in and output buffers in zero copy callback
* pin and unpin pages in the same context
* use helpers instead of defining page offset and rest of page ourself
* Fix mem leak in p9_check_errors
* Remove 'E' and 'F' in p9pdu_vwritef
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Add an empty macro for of_match_node() that will save
some '#ifdef CONFIG_OF' for non-dt builds.
I have chosen to use a macro instead of a function to
be able to avoid defining the first parameter.
In fact, this "struct of_device_id *" first parameter
is usualy not defined as well on non-dt builds.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
bio originally has the functionality to set the complete cpu, but
it is broken.
Chirstoph said that "This code is unused, and from the all the
discussions lately pretty obviously broken. The only thing keeping
it serves is creating more confusion and possibly more bugs."
And Jens replied with "We can kill bio_set_completion_cpu(). I'm fine
with leaving cpu control to the request based drivers, they are the
only ones that can toggle the setting anyway".
So this patch tries to remove all the work of controling complete cpu
from a bio.
Cc: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Currently struct gpio is only defined when using gpiolib which makes the
stub gpio_request_array() much less useful in drivers than is ideal as
they can't work with struct gpio. Since there are no other definitions
in kernel instead make the define always available no matter if gpiolib
is selectable or selected, ensuring that drivers can always use the
type.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Now that we have a shared API between the DB8500 and DB5500
PRCMU's, switch to using this neutral API instead. We delete the
parts of db8500-prcmu.h that is now PRCMU-neutral, and calls will
be diverted to respective driver. Common registers are in
dbx500-prcmu-regs.h and common accessors and defines in
<linux/mfd/dbx500-prcmu.h> This way we get a a lot more
abstraction and code reuse.
Signed-off-by: Mattias Nilsson <mattias.i.nilsson@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This adds a header file that contains the set of functions and
definitions that will be shared between the DB8500 and DB5500
PRCMU drivers.
Signed-off-by: Mattias Nilsson <mattias.i.nilsson@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The AB3550 never passed the prototype stage. Instead it was used
as a precursor to AB5500 for testing basic building blocks used
in that chip, since they had large similarities. Since AB3550 will
not see the light of day in product form and since the prototypes
are no longer used, let's delete the driver and any references to
it.
Cc: Mattias Wallin <mattias.wallin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The analog baseband chip ab5500 is a multi functional chip
containing regulators, charging, gpio, USB and accessory detect.
It also contain various multimedia functionalities like digital
encoder and audio codec.
The core driver added with this patch provides register access via
i2c via PRCMU. Event handling implemented as irq_chip will come in
future patches since it depends on PRCMU functionality not yet
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Mattias Wallin <mattias.wallin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Add support for Intel MSIC chip found on Intel Medfield platforms. This
chip embeds several subdevices: audio, ADC, GPIO, power button, etc. The
driver creates platform device for each subdevice.
We also provide an MSIC register access API which should replace the more
generic SCU IPC interface currently used. Existing drivers can choose
whether they convert to this new API or stick with the SCU IPC interface.
Signed-off-by: Mika Westerberg <mika.westerberg@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In order to ease system integration provide a simulation of active high
IRQs on the GPIOs by polling the GPIO status when an IRQ is generated.
This isn't ideal on several fronts and will miss initially active IRQs in
the current implementation but it should work well for most cases.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This adds support for the power-on buttons of MC13783 PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Rétornaz <philippe.retornaz@epfl.ch>
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In systems where there is no hardware signal from the processor to the
PMIC to initiate the final power off sequence we must initiate the
shutdown with a register write to the PMIC. Support such systems in the
driver. Since this may prevent a full shutdown of the system platform
data is used to enable the feature.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Now that all in-tree users are fixed to use the more general mc13xxx API
the obsolete stuff can go away.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is needed to convert the touch driver away from using struct mc13783.
Note this patch drops MC13783_ADC0_ADREFMODE. This is unused and doesn't
exist on mc13892.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
- Support wake-up from suspend-to-ram.
- Handle pending interrupt after a resume.
- If pdata->wakeup is enabled, by default, the device is assumed to be
capable of wakeup (the interrupt pin is connected to a wakeup-source GPIO)
and may wakeup the system (MAX8997 has a power button input pin).
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
In systems where the LDO enables are always driven (for example, being
connected to an always on supply rail or a GPIO which is driven by the
CPU even in suspend) then we can disable the pull downs on the LDO for
a small power savings.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Refactor the GPADC interface to avoid bugs in calling code:
- ab8500_gpadc_[convert|read_raw|ad_to_voltage] clarifies
each functions use case, *convert wraps *read_raw, and we
can access raw ADC values properly.
- Renamed gpadc function arguments from "input" to "channel" to
clarify use, so we don't get confused again.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Komierowski <kalle.komierowski@stericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattias Wallin <mattias.wallin@stericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: John Beckett <john.beckett@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tested-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
There is a long standing bug in linux tcp stack, about ACK messages sent
on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets.
In the IP header of the ACK message, we choose to reflect TOS field of
incoming message, and this might break some setups.
Example of things that were broken :
- Routing using TOS as a selector
- Firewalls
- Trafic classification / shaping
We now remember in timewait structure the inet tos field and use it in
ACK generation, and route lookup.
Notes :
- We still reflect incoming TOS in RST messages.
- We could extend MuraliRaja Muniraju patch to report TOS value in
netlink messages for TIME_WAIT sockets.
- A patch is needed for IPv6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pair of functions,
* skb_clone_tx_timestamp()
* skb_complete_tx_timestamp()
were designed to allow timestamping in PHY devices. The first
function, called during the MAC driver's hard_xmit method, identifies
PTP protocol packets, clones them, and gives them to the PHY device
driver. The PHY driver may hold onto the packet and deliver it at a
later time using the second function, which adds the packet to the
socket's error queue.
As pointed out by Johannes, nothing prevents the socket from
disappearing while the cloned packet is sitting in the PHY driver
awaiting a timestamp. This patch fixes the issue by taking a reference
on the socket for each such packet. In addition, the comments
regarding the usage of these function are expanded to highlight the
rule that PHY drivers must use skb_complete_tx_timestamp() to release
the packet, in order to release the socket reference, too.
These functions first appeared in v2.6.36.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now tcp_md5_hash_header() has a const tcphdr argument, we can add more
const attributes to callers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for reporting ring sizes via ethtool -g to the virtio_net
driver.
Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Acked-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_md5_hash_header() writes into skb header a temporary zero value,
this might confuse other users of this area.
Since tcphdr is small (20 bytes), copy it in a temporary variable and
make the change in the copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'drm-intel-next' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~keithp/linux: (72 commits)
drm/i915/dp: Fix eDP on PCH DP on CPT/PPT
drm/i915/dp: Introduce is_cpu_edp()
drm/i915: use correct SPD type value
drm/i915: fix ILK+ infoframe support
drm/i915: add DP test request handling
drm/i915: read full receiver capability field during DP hot plug
drm/i915/dp: Remove eDP special cases from bandwidth checks
drm/i915/dp: Fix the math in intel_dp_link_required
drm/i915/panel: Always record the backlight level again (but cleverly)
i915: Move i915_read/write out of line
drm/i915: remove transcoder PLL mashing from mode_set per specs
drm/i915: if transcoder disable fails, say which
drm/i915: set watermarks for third pipe on IVB
drm/i915: export a CPT mode set verification function
drm/i915: fix transcoder PLL select masking
drm/i915: fix IVB cursor support
drm/i915: fix debug output for 3 pipe configs
drm/i915: add PLL sharing support to handle 3 pipes
drm/i915: fix PCH PLL assertion check for 3 pipes
drm/i915: use transcoder select bits on VGA and HDMI on CPT
...
This patch removes the legacy usage of se_task->task_timer and associated
infrastructure that originally was used as a way to help manage buggy backend
SCSI LLDs that in certain cases would never return back an outstanding task.
This includes the removal of target_complete_timeout_work(), timeout logic
from transport_complete_task(), transport_task_timeout_handler(),
transport_start_task_timer(), the per device task_timeout configfs attribute,
and all task_timeout associated structure members and defines in
target_core_base.h
This is being removed in preparation to make transport_complete_task() run
in lock-less mode.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch converts target-core to use se_cmd->t_transport_sent instead of
a duplicated se_cmd->transport_sent member in a handful of locations.
It also updates iscsi_target to properly use ->t_transport_sent instead of
it's own iscsi_cmd_t->transport_sent value that was not being assigned.
Reported-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This field is never used given that BIDI handling happens at the
command and not the task level. Remove it and the dead code in
pscsi that tries to work on it.
It also prevents pSCSI passthrough for the two currently enabled BIDI
commands now that task->task_sg_bidi support has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Remove the now unnecessary extra call to transport_subsystem_check_init() in
target_core_register_fabric(), and also merge transport_subsystem_reqmods()
directly into transport_subsystem_check_init().
Reported-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Instead of abusing the target processing thread for offloading I/O
completion in the backends to user context add a new workqueue. This means
completions can be processed as fast as available CPU time allows it,
including in parallel with other completions and more importantly I/O
submission or QUEUE FULL retries. This should give much better performance
especially on loaded systems.
As a fallout we can merge all the completed states into a single
one.
On the downside this change complicates lun reset handling a bit by
requiring us to cancel a work item only for those states that have it
initialized. The alternative would be to either always initialize the work
item to a dummy handler, or always use the same handler and do a switch on
the state. The long term solution will be a flag that says that the command
has an initialized work item, but that's only going to be useful once we
have more users.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
We never check for this state, and it makes testing for a completed
state much harder given that it overrides the existing state.
Also remove the unused deferred_t_state which is related to it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
We never queue an command with this state, and only set it in a completely
bogus place in tcm_fc.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Currently we stop the timers for all tasks in a command fairly late during
I/O completion, which is fairly pointless and requires all kinds of safety
checks.
Instead delete pending timers early on in transport_complete_task, thus
ensuring no new timers firest after that. We take t_state_lock a bit later
in that function thus making sure currenly running timers are out of the
criticial section. To be completely sure the timer has finished we also
add another del_timer_sync call when freeing the task.
This also allows removing TF_TIMER_RUNNING as it would be equivalent
to TF_ACTIVE now.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
TF_TIMER_STOP is useless as it only helps to mitigate a tiny race during
deleting the timer. But given that we have cleared TF_ACTIVE at this point
we already have another mitigation a few lines down the function.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Add a new boolean at_head parameter to transport_add_cmd_to_queue and thus
obsolete the SCF_EMULATE_QUEUE_FULL flag.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Remove the need for the transport_qf_callback callback by making
sure we have specific states with specific handlers for the two
queue full cases.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Remove the dpo_emulated, fua_write_emulated, fua_read_emulated and
write_cache_emulated methods, and replace them with a simple bitfields in
se_subsystem_api in those cases where they ever returned one.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Add a switch statement implementing the CDB LBA/len update directly
in target_get_task_cdb and remove the old ->transport_split_cdb
callback and all its implementations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Instead of calling out to the backends from the core to get a per-task
CDB and then modify it for the LBA/len pair used for this CDB provide
a helper that writes the adjusted CDB into a provided buffer and call
this method from ->do_task in pscsi.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Rearrange the fields in se_task to avoid holes. Also increase the
flags field to 16 bits as we have the space for it, and this makes
adding new flags safer.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This is a squashed version of the following unnecessary se_task structure
member removal patches:
target: remove the task_execute_queue field in se_task
Instead of using a separate flag we can simply do list_emptry checks
on t_execute_list if we make sure to always use list_del_init to remove
a task from the list. Also factor some duplicate code into a new
__transport_remove_task_from_execute_queue helper.
target: remove the read-only task_no field in se_task
The task_no field never was initialized and only used in debug printks,
so kill it.
target: remove the task_padded_sg field in se_task
This field is only check in one place and not actually needed there.
Rationale:
- transport_do_task_sg_chain asserts that we have task_sg_chaining
set early on
- we only make use of the sg_prev_nents field we calculate based on it
if there is another sg list that gets chained onto this one, which
never happens for the last (or only) task.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Replace various atomic_t variables that were mostly under t_state_lock
with new flags in task_flags. Note that the execution error path
didn't take t_state_lock before, so add it there.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This is a squashed version of the following se_task cleanup patches:
target: remove the unused task_state_flags field in se_task
target: remove the unused se_obj_ptr field in se_task
target: remove the se_dev field in se_task
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This is a squashed version of the following target_core_base.h
cleanup patches:
target: remove the unused SHUTDOWN_SIGS defintion
target: remove unused se_mem leftovers
target: remove the unused map_func_t typedef
target: move TRANSPORT_IOV_DATA_BUFFER to the iscsi-specific code
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch merges transport_cmd_finish_abort_tmr() logic into a single
transport_cmd_finish_abort() function by adding a cmd->se_tmr_req check
around transport_lun_remove_cmd(), and updates the single caller within
core_tmr_drain_tmr_list().
Reported-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch converts se_cmd->transport_wait_for_tasks(se_cmd, 1) usage to use
transport_generic_free_cmd() directly in target-core and iscsi-target fabric
usage. The includes:
*) Removal of the optional transport_generic_free_cmd() call from within
transport_generic_wait_for_tasks()
*) Usage of existing SCF_SUPPORTED_SAM_OPCODE to determine when
transport_generic_wait_for_tasks() processing may occur instead of
checking se_cmd->transport_wait_for_tasks()
*) Move transport_generic_wait_for_tasks() call ahead of core_dec_lacl_count()
and transport_lun_remove_cmd() in transport_generic_free_cmd() to follow
existing logic for iscsi-target w/ se_cmd->transport_wait_for_tasks(se_cmd, 1)
*) Removal of se_cmd->transport_wait_for_tasks() function pointer
*) Rename transport_generic_wait_for_tasks() -> transport_wait_for_tasks(), and
add docbook comment.
*) Add EXPORT_SYMBOL for transport_wait_for_tasks()
For the case in iscsi_target_erl2.c:iscsit_prepare_cmds_for_realligance()
where se_cmd->transport_wait_for_tasks(se_cmd, 0) is called, this patch
adds a direct call to transport_wait_for_tasks().
(hch: Fix transport_generic_free_cmd() usage in iscsit_release_commands_from_conn)
(nab: Add patch: Ensure that TMRs hit wait_for_tasks logic during release)
Reported-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Testing in_interrupt() to know when sleeping is allowed is not really
reliable (since eg it won't be true if the caller is holding a spinlock).
Instead have the caller tell core_tmr_alloc_req() what GFP_xxx to use;
every caller except tcm_qla2xxx can use GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
The cdb_none, map_data_SG and map_control_SG methods have no callers left
and can be removed now.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
This patch removes the unnecessary session_reinstatement parameter from
se_cmd->transport_wait_for_tasks(), logic in transport_generic_wait_for_tasks,
and usage within iscsi-target code.
This also includes the removal of the 'bool' return from transport_put_cmd() +
transport_generic_free_cmd() that is no longer necessary.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
Push session reinstatement out of transport_generic_free_cmd into the only
caller that actually needs it. Clean up transport_generic_free_cmd a bit,
and remove the useless comment. I'd love to add a more useful kerneldoc
comment for it, but as this point I'm still a bit confused in where it
stands in the command release stack.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
It is only called by transport_release_cmd, so inline it there. Also add
a kerneldoc comment for transport_release_cmd while we are at it.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@linux-iscsi.org>
INET_ECN_encapsulate() is better understood if we can read the official
statement.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* pm-domains:
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A4R support (v4)
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A3SP support (v4)
PM / Sleep: Mark devices involved in wakeup signaling during suspend
The generic PM domains code in drivers/base/power/domain.c has
to avoid powering off domains that provide power to wakeup devices
during system suspend. Currently, however, this only works for
wakeup devices directly belonging to the given domain and not for
their children (or the children of their children and so on).
Thus, if there's a wakeup device whose parent belongs to a power
domain handled by the generic PM domains code, the domain will be
powered off during system suspend preventing the device from
signaling wakeup.
To address this problem introduce a device flag, power.wakeup_path,
that will be set during system suspend for all wakeup devices,
their parents, the parents of their parents and so on. This way,
all wakeup paths in the device hierarchy will be marked and the
generic PM domains code will only need to avoid powering off
domains containing devices whose power.wakeup_path is set.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
With all IOMMU drivers being converted to bus_set_iommu the
global iommu_ops are no longer required. The same is true
for the deprecated register_iommu function.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
With per-bus iommu_ops the iommu_found function needs to
work on a bus_type too. This patch adds a bus_type parameter
to that function and converts all call-places.
The function is also renamed to iommu_present because the
function now checks if an iommu is present for a given bus
and does not check for a global iommu anymore.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
This is necessary to store a pointer to the bus-specific
iommu_ops in the iommu-domain structure. It will be used
later to call into bus-specific iommu-ops.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
This is the starting point to make the iommu_ops used for
the iommu-api a per-bus-type structure. It is required to
easily implement bus-specific setup in the iommu-layer.
The first user will be the iommu-group attribute in sysfs.
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
This makes it impossible to compile an iommu driver into the
kernel without selecting CONFIG_IOMMU_API.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
We add a report function pointer to struct crypto_type. This function
pointer is used from the crypto userspace configuration API to report
crypto algorithms to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch adds a basic userspace configuration API for the crypto layer.
With this it is possible to instantiate, remove and to show crypto
algorithms from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
The upcomming crypto user configuration api needs to identify
crypto instances. This patch adds a flag that is set if the
algorithm is an instance that is build from templates.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Adding const qualifiers to pointers can ease code review, and spot some
bugs. It might allow compiler to optimize code further.
For example, is it legal to temporary write a null cksum into tcphdr
in tcp_md5_hash_header() ? I am afraid a sniffer could catch the
temporary null value...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On systems that create and delete lots of dynamic devices the
31bit linux ifindex fails to fit in the 16bit macvtap minor,
resulting in unusable macvtap devices. I have systems running
automated tests that that hit this condition in just a few days.
Use a linux idr allocator to track which mavtap minor numbers
are available and and to track the association between macvtap
minor numbers and macvtap network devices.
Remove the unnecessary unneccessary check to see if the network
device we have found is indeed a macvtap device. With macvtap
specific data structures it is impossible to find any other
kind of networking device.
Increase the macvtap minor range from 65536 to the full 20 bits
that is supported by linux device numbers. It doesn't solve the
original problem but there is no penalty for a larger minor
device range.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I've split this bit out of the skb frag destructor patch since it helps enforce
the use of the fragment API.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DPCD 1.1+ adds some automated test infrastructure support. Add support
for reading the IRQ source and jumping to a test handling routine if
needed. Subsequent patches will handle particular tests; this patch
just ACKs any requested tests by default.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
Add the addresses and definitions I care about for Panel Self Refresh, as
documented in the eDP spec.
I'm sending these out before some other patches because this should be a fairly
simple one to get upstream and not require too much fuss (where the others may
have some fuss).
This file is a mess with white spacing. I tried to stay consistent with the
surrounding code.
v2: had some silly mistakes in v1 which Keith caught
Cc: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Cc: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
Idle the GPU before doing any unmaps. We know if VT-d is in use through
an exported variable from iommu code.
This should avoid a known HW issue.
Signed-off-by: Ben Widawsky <ben@bwidawsk.net>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
For the !HAVE_ATOMIC_IOMAP case the stub functions did not call
pagefault_disable/_enable. The i915 driver relies on the map
actually being atomic, otherwise it can deadlock with it's own
pagefault handler in the gtt pwrite fastpath.
This is exercised by gem_mmap_gtt from the intel-gpu-toosl gem
testsuite.
v2: Chris Wilson noted the lack of an include.
Bugzilla: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=38115
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Daniel Vetter <daniel.vetter@ffwll.ch>
Reviewed-by: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
Up till now the IP{,V6}_TRANSPARENT socket options (which actually set
the same bit in the socket struct) have required CAP_NET_ADMIN
privileges to set or clear the option.
- we make clearing the bit not require any privileges.
- we allow CAP_NET_ADMIN to set the bit (as before this change)
- we allow CAP_NET_RAW to set this bit, because raw
sockets already pretty much effectively allow you
to emulate socket transparency.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Userspace was sending the priority/id part of the vlan tag
and sysfs was displaying the id in the vlan file. This
renames the vlan sysfs file to vlan_id to reflect that it
was showing the id and to match the vlan_priority file.
This also adds a ISCSI_NET_PARAM_VLAN_TAG iscsi nl command
to relfect that we are sending down the vlan/priority
part of the tag.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
This has the driver use helpers for a common operation and fixes
a issue where if multiple iscsi params are sent they could be
sent at offsets that cause unaligned accesses. The nla helpers
account for the padding needed to align properly for the driver.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Replaced the iscsi_get_next_target_id with IDA to make
target-id allocation efficient for iscsi offload drivers
This patch should be applied after Jonathen Cameron Patch
"ida : simplified functions for id allocation"
Signed-off-by: John Soni Jose <jose0here@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
get_group_pins() "returns" a pointer to an array of const objects, through
a pointer parameter. Fix the prototype so what's pointed at by the returned
pointer is const, rather than the function parameter being const.
This also allows the removal of a cast in each of the two current pinmux
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
A few network drivers currently use skb_frag_struct for this purpose but I have
patches which add additional fields and semantics there which these other uses
do not want.
A structure for reference sub-page regions seems like a generally useful thing
so do so instead of adding a network subsystem specific structure.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I audited all of the callers in the tree and only one of them (pktgen) expects
it to do so. Taking this reference is pretty obviously confusing and error
prone.
In particular I looked at the following commits which switched callers of
(__)skb_frag_set_page to the skb paged fragment api:
6a930b9f16 cxgb3: convert to SKB paged frag API.
5dc3e196ea myri10ge: convert to SKB paged frag API.
0e0634d20d vmxnet3: convert to SKB paged frag API.
86ee8130a4 virtionet: convert to SKB paged frag API.
4a22c4c919 sfc: convert to SKB paged frag API.
18324d690d cassini: convert to SKB paged frag API.
b061b39e3a benet: convert to SKB paged frag API.
b7b6a688d2 bnx2: convert to SKB paged frag API.
804cf14ea5 net: xfrm: convert to SKB frag APIs
ea2ab69379 net: convert core to skb paged frag APIs
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a cleanup.
My testing version of Smatch warns about this:
net/core/filter.c +380 check_load_and_stores(6)
warn: check 'flen' for negative values
flen comes from the user. We try to clamp the values here between 1
and BPF_MAXINSNS but the clamp doesn't work because it could be
negative. This is a bug, but it's not exploitable.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looking up files in sysfs is hard to understand and analyize because we
currently allow placing untagged files in tagged directories. In the
implementation of that we have two subtly different meanings of NULL.
NULL meaning there is no tag on a directory entry and NULL meaning
we don't care which namespace the lookup is performed for. This
multiple uses of NULL have resulted in subtle bugs (since fixed)
in the code.
Currently it is only the bonding driver that needs to have an untagged
file in a tagged directory.
To untagle this mess I am adding support for tagged files to sysfs.
Modifying the bonding driver to implement bonding_masters as a tagged
file. Registering bonding_masters once for each network namespace.
Then I am removing support for untagged entries in tagged sysfs
directories.
Resulting in code that is much easier to reason about.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a sanity check on the values provided by user space for
the hardware time stamping configuration. If the values lie outside of
the absolute limits, then the ioctl request will be denied.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't rely on the PageError flag to tell us if one of the partial reads of
the page failed. Instead, replace that with a dedicated flag in the
struct nfs_page.
Then clean out redundant uses of the PageError flag: the VM no longer
checks it for reads.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
skb_recycle_check resets the skb if it's eligible for recycling.
However, there are times when a driver might want to optionally
manipulate the skb data with the skb before resetting the skb,
but after it has determined eligibility. We do this by splitting the
eligibility check from the skb reset, creating two inline functions to
accomplish that task.
Signed-off-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Acked-by: David Daney <david.daney@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CIFS currently uses wait_event_killable to put tasks to sleep while
they await replies from the server. That function though does not
allow the freezer to run. In many cases, the network interface may
be going down anyway, in which case the reply will never come. The
client then ends up blocking the computer from suspending.
Fix this by adding a new wait_event_freezable variant --
wait_event_freezekillable. The idea is to combine the behavior of
wait_event_killable and wait_event_freezable -- put the task to
sleep and only allow it to be awoken by fatal signals, but also
allow the freezer to do its job.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
attempt_plug_merge() accesses elevator without holding queue_lock and
may call into ->elevator_bio_merge_fn(). The elvator is guaranteed to
be valid because it's accessed iff the plugged list has requests and
elevator is never exited with live requests, so as long as the
elevator method can deal with unlocked access, this is safe.
Explain the sync rules around attempt_plug_merge() and drop the
unnecessary @tsk parameter.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
blk_throtl interface is block internal and there's no reason to have
them in linux/blkdev.h. Move them to block/blk.h.
This patch doesn't introduce any functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Canceling FCS removal where FW allows for better alignment
of incoming data.
Signed-off-by: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added recovery check of CA wake status in case of wake up timeout.
Added check of CA wake status in case of wake down timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added sanity check for length of CAIF frames, and tear down of
CAIF link-layer device upon protocol error.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF HSI uses a timer for inactivity. Upon timeout HSI-wake signaling
is initiated to allow power-down of the HSI block.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some platforms do not allow to put HSI block into low-power
mode when FIFO is not empty. The patch flushes (by reading)
FIFO at wake down sequence. Asynchronous read and write is
implemented for that. As a side effect this will also greatly
improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To ease skb->truesize sanitization, its better to be able to localize
all references to skb frags size.
Define accessors : skb_frag_size() to fetch frag size, and
skb_frag_size_{set|add|sub}() to manipulate it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ADP5585 family keypad decoder and IO expander is similar to the ADP5589,
however it features less IO pins, and lacks hardware assisted key-lock
functionality. Unfortunately the register addresses are different, as well as
the event codes and bit organization within the port related registers.
Move ADP5589 Register defines from the header file into the main source file.
Add new defines while making sure we don't break existing platform_data.
Add register address translation, and turn device specific defines into variables.
Introduce some helper functions and disable functions that doesn't
exist on the added devices.
Signed-off-by: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Fragmented multicast frames are delivered to a single macvlan port,
because ip defrag logic considers other samples are redundant.
Implement a defrag step before trying to send the multicast frame.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If tty_add_file fails at the point it is now, we have to revert all
the changes we did to the tty. It means either decrease all refcounts
if this was a tty reopen or delete the tty if it was newly allocated.
There was a try to fix this in v3.0-rc2 using tty_release in 0259894c7
(TTY: fix fail path in tty_open). But instead it introduced a NULL
dereference. It's because tty_release dereferences
filp->private_data, but that one is set even in our tty_add_file. And
when tty_add_file fails, it's still NULL/garbage. Hence tty_release
cannot be called there.
To circumvent the original leak (and the current NULL deref) we split
tty_add_file into two functions, making the latter non-failing. In
that case we may do the former early in open, where handling failures
is easy. The latter stays as it is now. So there is no change in
functionality.
The original bug (leak) was introduced by f573bd176 (tty: Remove
__GFP_NOFAIL from tty_add_file()). Thanks Dan for reporting this.
Later, we may split tty_release into more functions and call only some
of them in this fail path instead. (If at all possible.)
Introduced-in: v2.6.37-rc2
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
When running a Fedora 15 (x86) on an x86_64 kernel, in the boot process
plymouthd complains about those two missing ioctls:
[ 2.581783] ioctl32(plymouthd:186): Unknown cmd fd(10) cmd(00005457){t:'T';sz:0} arg(ffb6a5d0) on /dev/tty1
[ 2.581803] ioctl32(plymouthd:186): Unknown cmd fd(10) cmd(00005456){t:'T';sz:0} arg(ffb6a680) on /dev/tty1
both ioctl functions work on the 'struct termios' resp. 'struct termios2',
which has the same size (36 bytes resp. 44 bytes) on x86 and x86_64,
so it's just a matter of converting the pointer from userland.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
To support >32-bit physical addresses for UIO_MEM_PHYS type we need to
extend the width of 'addr' in struct uio_mem. Numerous platforms like
embedded PPC, ARM, and X86 have support for systems with larger physical
address than logical.
Since 'addr' may contain a physical, logical, or virtual address the
easiest solution is to just change the type to 'phys_addr_t' which
should always be greater than or equal to the sizeof(void *) such that
it can properly hold any of the address types.
For physical address we can support up to a 44-bit physical address on a
typical 32-bit system as we utilize remap_pfn_range() for the mapping of
the memory region and pfn's are represnted by shifting the address by
the page size (typically 4k).
Signed-off-by: Kai Jiang <Kai.Jiang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Minghuan Lian <Minghuan.Lian@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans J. Koch <hjk@hansjkoch.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
rpc_sockaddr2uaddr is only used by net/sunrpc/rpcb_clnt.c, where
it is used in a non-blockable context in at least one case.
Add non-blocking capability by adding a gfp_t argument
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The same function is used by idmap, gss and blocklayout code. Make it
generic.
Signed-off-by: Peng Tao <peng_tao@emc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jim Rees <rees@umich.edu>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [3.0]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
There are a number of fixes in mainline required for code in -next,
also there was a few conflicts I'd rather resolve myself.
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/evergreen.c
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/r600.c
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/radeon_asic.h
The BerliOS project, which currently hosts our mailinglist, will
close with the end of the year. Now take the chance and remove all
occurrences of the mailinglist address from the source files.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 903ab86d19 of 1 March this year ("udp: Add
lockless transmit path") introduced a new fast TX path that broke the checksum
coverage computation of UDP-lite, which so far depended on up->len (only set
if the socket is locked and 0 in the fast path).
Fixed by providing both fast- and slow-path computation of checksum coverage.
The latter can be removed when UDP(-lite)v6 also uses a lockless transmit path.
Reported-by: Thomas Volkert <thomas@homer-conferencing.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for extended sequence numbers found in
extended control fields.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There are three different Control Field formats: the Standard Control
Field, the Enhanced Control Field, and the Extended Control Field.
Patch adds function to handle all those fields seamlessly.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Currently the loop device tries to call directly into write_begin/write_end
instead of going through ->write if it can. This is a fairly nasty shortcut
as write_begin and write_end are only callbacks for the generic write code
and expect to be called with filesystem specific locks held.
This code currently causes various issues for clustered filesystems as it
doesn't take the required cluster locks, and it also causes issues for XFS
as it doesn't properly lock against the swapext ioctl as called by the
defragmentation tools. This in case causes data corruption if
defragmentation hits a busy loop device in the wrong time window, as
reported by RH QA.
The reason why we have this shortcut is that it saves a data copy when
doing a transformation on the loop device, which is the technical term
for using cryptoloop (or an XOR transformation). Given that cryptoloop
has been deprecated in favour of dm-crypt my opinion is that we should
simply drop this shortcut instead of finding complicated ways to to
introduce a formal interface for this shortcut.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
This adds a mechanism to resume selected IRQs during syscore_resume
instead of dpm_resume_noirq.
Under Xen we need to resume IRQs associated with IPIs early enough
that the resched IPI is unmasked and we can therefore schedule
ourselves out of the stop_machine where the suspend/resume takes
place.
This issue was introduced by 676dc3cf5b "xen: Use IRQF_FORCE_RESUME".
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <Jeremy.Fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Cc: xen-devel <xen-devel@lists.xensource.com>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1318713254.11016.52.camel@dagon.hellion.org.uk
Cc: stable@kernel.org (at least to 2.6.32.y)
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
There is a problem with the current ordering of hibernate code which
leads to deadlocks in some filesystems' memory shrinkers. Namely,
some filesystems use freezable kernel threads that are inactive when
the hibernate memory preallocation is carried out. Those same
filesystems use memory shrinkers that may be triggered by the
hibernate memory preallocation. If those memory shrinkers wait for
the frozen kernel threads, the hibernate process deadlocks (this
happens with XFS, for one example).
Apparently, it is not technically viable to redesign the filesystems
in question to avoid the situation described above, so the only
possible solution of this issue is to defer the freezing of kernel
threads until the hibernate memory preallocation is done, which is
implemented by this change.
Unfortunately, this requires the memory preallocation to be done
before the "prepare" stage of device freeze, so after this change the
only way drivers can allocate additional memory for their freeze
routines in a clean way is to use PM notifiers.
Reported-by: Christoph <cr2005@u-club.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Introduce the config option CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE_SLEEP in order to cleanup
the #if defined ugliness for the vt suspend support functions. Note that
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE is already dependant on CONFIG_VT.
The function pm_set_vt_switch is actually dependant on CONFIG_VT and not
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP. This fixes a compile error when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is
not set:
drivers/tty/vt/vt_ioctl.c:1794: error: redefinition of 'pm_set_vt_switch'
include/linux/suspend.h:17: error: previous definition of 'pm_set_vt_switch' was here
Also, remove the incorrect path from the comment in console.c.
[rjw: Replaced #if defined() with #ifdef in suspend.h.]
Signed-off-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
For s390 there is one additional byte associated with each page,
the storage key. This byte contains the referenced and changed
bits and needs to be included into the hibernation image.
If the storage keys are not restored to their previous state all
original pages would appear to be dirty. This can cause
inconsistencies e.g. with read-only filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Record S3 failure time about each reason and the latest two failed
devices' names in S3 progress.
We can check it through 'suspend_stats' entry in debugfs.
The motivation of the patch:
We are enabling power features on Medfield. Comparing with PC/notebook,
a mobile enters/exits suspend-2-ram (we call it s3 on Medfield) far
more frequently. If it can't enter suspend-2-ram in time, the power
might be used up soon.
We often find sometimes, a device suspend fails. Then, system retries
s3 over and over again. As display is off, testers and developers
don't know what happens.
Some testers and developers complain they don't know if system
tries suspend-2-ram, and what device fails to suspend. They need
such info for a quick check. The patch adds suspend_stats under
debugfs for users to check suspend to RAM statistics quickly.
If not using this patch, we have other methods to get info about
what device fails. One is to turn on CONFIG_PM_DEBUG, but users
would get too much info and testers need recompile the system.
In addition, dynamic debug is another good tool to dump debug info.
But it still doesn't match our utilization scenario closely.
1) user need write a user space parser to process the syslog output;
2) Our testing scenario is we leave the mobile for at least hours.
Then, check its status. No serial console available during the
testing. One is because console would be suspended, and the other
is serial console connecting with spi or HSU devices would consume
power. These devices are powered off at suspend-2-ram.
Signed-off-by: ShuoX Liu <shuox.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Add configuration setting for drivers to turn spoof checking on or off
for discrete VFs.
v2 - Fix indentation problem, wrap the ifla_vf_info structure in
#ifdef __KERNEL__ to prevent user space from accessing and
change function paramater for the spoof check setting netdev
op from u8 to bool.
v3 - Preset spoof check setting to -1 so that user space tools such
as ip can detect that the driver didn't report a spoofcheck
setting. Prevents incorrect display of spoof check settings
for drivers that don't report it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
port->dev_list maintains a list of devices attached to a given sas root port.
It needs to be mutated under a lock as contexts outside of the
single-threaded-libsas-workqueue access the list via sas_find_dev_by_rphy().
Fixup locations where the list was being mutated without a lock.
This is a follow-up to commit 5911e963 "[SCSI] libsas: remove expander
from dev list on error", where Luben noted [1]:
> 2/ We have unlocked list manipulations in sas_ex_discover_end_dev(),
> sas_unregister_common_dev(), and sas_ex_discover_end_dev()
Yes, I can see that and that is very unfortunate.
[1]: http://marc.info/?l=linux-scsi&m=131480962006471&w=2
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Except for obtaining the netdev from lport, fcoe_get_lesb is the common code
for the LLDs.
Signed-off-by: Bhanu Prakash Gollapudi <bprakash@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Partially revert 34918cd7. struct mgmt_key_info needs to have the same
size as its version exported to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There's no need for the API to modify it and having it const makes it
easier to use with random strings the board code has.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
With this flag codec drivers can indicate that it is desired
to ignore the pmdown_time for DAPM shutdown sequence when
playback stream is stopped.
The DAPM sequence will be executed without delay in this case.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed
frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback
lack this information.
Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr
and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors.
The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include
legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we introduced hci_init_sysfs() we should also rename
hci_register_sysfs() and hci_unregister_sysfs() to hci_add_sysfs() and
hci_del_sysfs() like we do with hci_conn_add/del_sysfs(). It looks more
consistent now.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We must not call device_del() if we didn't use device_add(). See module.c
for comments on that. Therefore, we need to call device_initialize() when
allocating the hci device and later device_add() instead of
device_register().
This also fixes a bug when hci_register_dev() failed and we call
hci_free_dev() without a valid core device. hci_free_dev() segfaults while
calling put_device() on invalid memory.
We already do this with hci_conn connections (hci_conn_init_sysfs()) so
they do not need to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Current ore_check_io API receives a residual
pointer, to report partial IO. But it is actually
not used, because in a multiple devices IO there
is never a linearity in the IO failure.
On the other hand if every failing device is reported
through a received callback measures can be taken to
handle only failed devices. One at a time.
This will also be needed by the objects-layout-driver
for it's error reporting facility.
Exofs is not currently using the new information and
keeps the old behaviour of failing the complete IO in
case of an error. (No partial completion)
TODO: Use an ore_check_io callback to set_page_error only
the failing pages. And re-dirty write pages.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
All users of the ore will need to check if current code
supports the given layout. For example RAID5/6 is not
currently supported.
So move all the checks from exofs/super.c to a new
ore_verify_layout() to be used by ore users.
Note that any new layout should be passed through the
ore_verify_layout() because the ore engine will prepare
and verify some internal members of ore_layout, and
assumes it's called.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Users like the objlayout-driver would like to only pass
a partial device table that covers the IO in question.
For example exofs divides the file into raid-group-sized
chunks and only serves group_width number of devices at
a time.
The partiality is communicated by setting
ore_componets->first_dev and the array covers all logical
devices from oc->first_dev upto (oc->first_dev + oc->numdevs)
The ore_comp_dev() API receives a logical device index
and returns the actual present device in the table.
An out-of-range dev_index will BUG.
Logical device index is the theoretical device index as if
all the devices of a file are present. .i.e:
total_devs = group_width * mirror_p1 * group_count
0 <= dev_index < total_devs
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Now that each ore_io_state covers only a single raid group.
A single striping_info math is needed. Embed one inside
ore_io_state to cache the calculation results and eliminate
an extra call.
Also the outer _prepare_for_striping is removed since it does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Devices supporting Process Address Space Identifiers
(PASIDs) can use an IOMMU to access multiple IO address
spaces at the same time. A PCIe device indicates support for
this feature by implementing the PASID capability. This
patch adds support for the capability to the Linux kernel.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Implement the necessary functions to handle PRI capabilities
on PCIe devices. With PRI devices behind an IOMMU can signal
page fault conditions to software and recover from such
faults.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
ATS does not depend on IOV support, so move the code into
its own file. This file will also include support for the
PRI and PASID capabilities later.
Also give ATS its own Kconfig variable to allow selecting it
without IOV support.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
I originally submitted a patch to workaround this by pushing all Ejection
Requests and Device Checks onto the kacpi_hotplug queue.
http://marc.info/?l=linux-acpi&m=131678270930105&w=2
The patch is still insufficient in that Bus Checks also need to be added.
Rather than add all events, including non-PCI-hotplug events, to the
hotplug queue, mjg suggested that a better approach would be to modify
the acpiphp driver so only acpiphp events would be added to the
kacpi_hotplug queue.
It's a longer patch, but at least we maintain the benefit of having separate
queues in ACPI. This, of course, is still only a workaround the problem.
As Bjorn and mjg pointed out, we have to refactor a lot of this code to do
the right thing but at this point it is a better to have this code working.
The acpi core places all events on the kacpi_notify queue. When the acpiphp
driver is loaded and a PCI card with a PCI-to-PCI bridge is removed the
following call sequence occurs:
cleanup_p2p_bridge()
-> cleanup_bridge()
-> acpi_remove_notify_handler()
-> acpi_os_wait_events_complete()
-> flush_workqueue(kacpi_notify_wq)
which is the queue we are currently executing on and the process will hang.
Move all hotplug acpiphp events onto the kacpi_hotplug workqueue. In
handle_hotplug_event_bridge() and handle_hotplug_event_func() we can simply
push the rest of the work onto the kacpi_hotplug queue and then avoid the
deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Cc: mjg@redhat.com
Cc: bhelgaas@google.com
Cc: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
The land of PCI power management is a land of sorrow and ugliness,
especially in the area of signaling events by devices. There are
devices that set their PME Status bits, but don't really bother
to send a PME message or assert PME#. There are hardware vendors
who don't connect PME# lines to the system core logic (they know
who they are). There are PCI Express Root Ports that don't bother
to trigger interrupts when they receive PME messages from the devices
below. There are ACPI BIOSes that forget to provide _PRW methods for
devices capable of signaling wakeup. Finally, there are BIOSes that
do provide _PRW methods for such devices, but then don't bother to
call Notify() for those devices from the corresponding _Lxx/_Exx
GPE-handling methods. In all of these cases the kernel doesn't have
a chance to receive a proper notification that it should wake up a
device, so devices stay in low-power states forever. Worse yet, in
some cases they continuously send PME Messages that are silently
ignored, because the kernel simply doesn't know that it should clear
the device's PME Status bit.
This problem was first observed for "parallel" (non-Express) PCI
devices on add-on cards and Matthew Garrett addressed it by adding
code that polls PME Status bits of such devices, if they are enabled
to signal PME, to the kernel. Recently, however, it has turned out
that PCI Express devices are also affected by this issue and that it
is not limited to add-on devices, so it seems necessary to extend
the PME polling to all PCI devices, including PCI Express and planar
ones. Still, it would be wasteful to poll the PME Status bits of
devices that are known to receive proper PME notifications, so make
the kernel (1) poll the PME Status bits of all PCI and PCIe devices
enabled to signal PME and (2) disable the PME Status polling for
devices for which correct PME notifications are received.
Tested-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
The "powernv" platform of the powerpc architecture needs to assign PCI
resources using a specific algorithm to fit some HW constraints of
the IBM "IODA" architecture (related to the ability to create error
handling domains that encompass specific segments of MMIO space).
For doing so, it wants to call pci_setup_bridge() from architecture
specific resource management in order to configure bridges after all
resources have been assigned. So make it non-static.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
These will be shared between the sfc driver and a PCI quirk.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Implementation of Read Local AMP Info Command
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Define Extended Flow Specification structures and default values.
Based upon haijun.liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com> series of patches
(sent Sun, 22 Aug 2010)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
skb truesize currently accounts for sk_buff struct and part of skb head.
kmalloc() roundings are also ignored.
Considering that skb_shared_info is larger than sk_buff, its time to
take it into account for better memory accounting.
This patch introduces SKB_TRUESIZE(X) macro to centralize various
assumptions into a single place.
At skb alloc phase, we put skb_shared_info struct at the exact end of
skb head, to allow a better use of memory (lowering number of
reallocations), since kmalloc() gives us power-of-two memory blocks.
Unless SLUB/SLUB debug is active, both skb->head and skb_shared_info are
aligned to cache lines, as before.
Note: This patch might trigger performance regressions because of
misconfigured protocol stacks, hitting per socket or global memory
limits that were previously not reached. But its a necessary step for a
more accurate memory accounting.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds definitins for L2CAP header sizes to be uses when calculating
payload size instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle POLL (P) bit in L2CAP ERTM using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle final (F) bit in L2CAP using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Check frame function uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM txseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
reqseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) occupies different windows in standard and
extended control fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift
to access SAR bits.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Supervisory bits occupy different windows in standard / extended control
fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift to access
S-bit window.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds extended control field bit masks and rearrange defines to logical
groups: masks, flags and shift groups.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds support for extended window size (EWS) config option. We enable EWS
feature in L2CAP Info RSP when hs enabled. EWS option is included in L2CAP
Config Req if tx_win (which is set via socket) bigger then standard default
value (63) && hs enabled && remote side supports EWS feature.
Using EWS selects extended control field in L2CAP.
Code partly based on Qualcomm and Atheros patches sent upstream a year ago.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add empty of_device_is_compatible() and of_parse_phandle() for non-dt
builds to work.
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
This patch do the following things:
1. Add header and Copyright for marvell usb driver.
2. Add mv_usb.h in include/linux/platform_data, make the driver
fits all the marvell platform using the same ChipIdea usb ip.
3. Some SOC may has mutiple clock sources, so let me define it
in mv_usb_platform_data and give two helper functions named
udc_clock_enable/udc_clock_disable to deal with the clocks.
4. Different SOCs will have some difference in PHY initialization,
so we will remove file mv_udc_phy.c and add two funtions in
mv_usb_platform_data, let the platform relative driver to realize it.
5. Rewrite probe function according to the modification list above. Find
it will kernel panic when probe failed. The root cause is as follows:
When probe failed, the error handle may call device_unregister()
which in return will call gadget_release.In current code,
gadget_release have two issues:
1: the_controller is a NULL pointer.
2: if we free udc here, then the following code in probe
will access NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Neil Zhang <zhangwm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
some renesas_usbhs device is supporting OTG external device interface.
In that device, it is necessary to control PWEN/EXTLP on DVSTCTR.
This patch support it.
But renesas_usbhs driver doesn't have OTG support for now.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
this patch add DVSTCTR control function for HOST support
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
renesas_usbhs will have register DVSTCTR control function for HOST support.
This patch changes usbhsc_bus_ctrl() to usbsc_set_buswait(),
to remove DVSTCTR access from it,
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
SH7757 has a USB function with internal DMA controller (SUDMAC).
This patch supports the SUDMAC. The SUDMAC is incompatible with
general-purpose DMAC. So, it doesn't use dmaengine.
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Allow processes that share the same XRC domain to open an existing
shareable QP. This permits those processes to receive events on the
shared QP and transfer ownership, so that any process may modify the
QP. The latter allows the creating process to exit, while a remaining
process can still transition it for path migration purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC TGT QPs are shared resources among multiple processes. Since the
creating process may exit, allow other processes which share the same
XRC domain to open an existing QP. This allows us to transfer
ownership of an XRC TGT QP to another process.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Support the creation of XRC INI and TGT QPs. To handle the case where
a CQ or PD is not provided, we allocate them internally with the xrcd.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Allow the user to create XRC SRQs. This patch is based on a patch
from Jack Morgenstrein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Support creating and destroying XRC domains. Any sharing of the XRCD
is managed above the low-level driver.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Allow the user to indicate the QP type separately from the port space
when allocating an rdma_cm_id. With RDMA_PS_IB, there is no longer a
1:1 relationship between the QP type and port space, so we need to
switch on the QP type to select between UD and connected QPs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Add RDMA_PS_IB. XRC QP types will use the IB port space when operating
over the RDMA CM. For the 'IP protocol' field value, we select 0x3F,
which is listed as being for 'any local network'.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
We require additional information to create XRC SRQs than we can
exchange using the existing create SRQ ABI. Provide an enhanced create
ABI for extended SRQ types.
Based on patches by Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
and Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Allow user space to create XRC domains. Because XRCDs are expected to
be shared among multiple processes, we use inodes to identify an XRCD.
Based on patches by Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC TGT QPs are intended to be shared among multiple users and
processes. Allow the destruction of an XRC TGT QP to be done explicitly
through ib_destroy_qp() or when the XRCD is destroyed.
To support destroying an XRC TGT QP, we need to track TGT QPs with the
XRCD. When the XRCD is destroyed, all tracked XRC TGT QPs are also
cleaned up.
To avoid stale reference issues, if a user is holding a reference on a
TGT QP, we increment a reference count on the QP. The user releases the
reference by calling ib_release_qp. This releases any access to the QP
from a user above verbs, but allows the QP to continue to exist until
destroyed by the XRCD.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC ("eXtended reliable connected") is an IB transport that provides
better scalability by allowing senders to specify which shared receive
queue (SRQ) should be used to receive a message, which essentially
allows one transport context (QP connection) to serve multiple
destinations (as long as they share an adapter, of course).
XRC communication is between an initiator (INI) QP and a target (TGT)
QP. Target QPs are associated with SRQs through an XRCD. An XRC TGT QP
behaves like a receive-only RD QP. XRC INI QPs behave similarly to RC
QPs, except that work requests posted to an XRC INI QP must specify the
remote SRQ that is the target of the work request.
We define two new QP types for XRC, to distinguish between INI and TGT
QPs, and update the core layer to support XRC QPs.
This patch is derived from work by Jack Morgenstein
<jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC ("eXtended reliable connected") is an IB transport that provides
better scalability by allowing senders to specify which shared receive
queue (SRQ) should be used to receive a message, which essentially
allows one transport context (QP connection) to serve multiple
destinations (as long as they share an adapter, of course).
XRC defines SRQs that are specifically used by XRC connections. Expand
the SRQ code to support XRC SRQs. An XRC SRQ is currently restricted to
only XRC use according to the IB XRC Annex.
Portions of this patch were derived from work by
Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Currently, there is only a single ("basic") type of SRQ, but with XRC
support we will add a second. Prepare for this by defining an SRQ type
and setting all current users to IB_SRQT_BASIC.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Now we use BLKIF_OP_DISCARD and add blkif_request_discard to blkif_request union,
the patch is taken from Owen Smith and Konrad, Thanks
Signed-off-by: Owen Smith <owen.smith@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Dongyang <lidongyang@novell.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Added a standardized macro CLKDEV_INIT which can used across all
the platforms to support clkdev
Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Acked-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmavathi Venna <padma.v@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
This creates a subsystem for handling of pin control devices.
These are devices that control different aspects of package
pins.
Currently it handles pinmuxing, i.e. assigning electronic
functions to groups of pins on primarily PGA and BGA type of
chip packages which are common in embedded systems.
The plan is to also handle other I/O pin control aspects
such as biasing, driving, input properties such as
schmitt-triggering, load capacitance etc within this
subsystem, to remove a lot of ARM arch code as well as
feature-creepy GPIO drivers which are implementing the same
thing over and over again.
This is being done to depopulate the arch/arm/* directory
of such custom drivers and try to abstract the infrastructure
they all need. See the Documentation/pinctrl.txt file that is
part of this patch for more details.
ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Various minor fixes from Joe's and Stephens review comments
- Added a pinmux_config() that can invoke custom configuration
with arbitrary data passed in or out to/from the pinmux driver
ChangeLog v2->v3:
- Renamed subsystem folder to "pinctrl" since we will likely
want to keep other pin control such as biasing in this
subsystem too, so let us keep to something generic even though
we're mainly doing pinmux now.
- As a consequence, register pins as an abstract entity separate
from the pinmux. The muxing functions will claim pins out of the
pin pool and make sure they do not collide. Pins can now be
named by the pinctrl core.
- Converted the pin lookup from a static array into a radix tree,
I agreed with Grant Likely to try to avoid any static allocation
(which is crap for device tree stuff) so I just rewrote this
to be dynamic, just like irq number descriptors. The
platform-wide definition of number of pins goes away - this is
now just the sum total of the pins registered to the subsystem.
- Make sure mappings with only a function name and no device
works properly.
ChangeLog v3->v4:
- Define a number space per controller instead of globally,
Stephen and Grant requested the same thing so now maps need to
define target controller, and the radix tree of pin descriptors
is a property on each pin controller device.
- Add a compulsory pinctrl device entry to the pinctrl mapping
table. This must match the pinctrl device, like "pinctrl.0"
- Split the file core.c in two: core.c and pinmux.c where the
latter carry all pinmux stuff, the core is for generic pin
control, and use local headers to access functionality between
files. It is now possible to implement a "blank" pin controller
without pinmux capabilities. This split will make new additions
like pindrive.c, pinbias.c etc possible for combined drivers
and chunks of functionality which is a GoodThing(TM).
- Rewrite the interaction with the GPIO subsystem - the pin
controller descriptor now handles this by defining an offset
into the GPIO numberspace for its handled pin range. This is
used to look up the apropriate pin controller for a GPIO pin.
Then that specific GPIO range is matched 1-1 for the target
controller instance.
- Fixed a number of review comments from Joe Perches.
- Broke out a header file pinctrl.h for the core pin handling
stuff that will be reused by other stuff than pinmux.
- Fixed some erroneous EXPORT() stuff.
- Remove mispatched U300 Kconfig and Makefile entries
- Fixed a number of review comments from Stephen Warren, not all
of them - still WIP. But I think the new mapping that will
specify which function goes to which pin mux controller address
50% of your concerns (else beat me up).
ChangeLog v4->v5:
- Defined a "position" for each function, so the pin controller now
tracks a function in a certain position, and the pinmux maps define
what position you want the function in. (Feedback from Stephen
Warren and Sascha Hauer).
- Since we now need to request a combined function+position from
the machine mapping table that connect mux settings to drivers,
it was extended with a position field and a name field. The
name field is now used if you e.g. need to switch between two
mux map settings at runtime.
- Switched from a class device to using struct bus_type for this
subsystem. Verified sysfs functionality: seems to work fine.
(Feedback from Arnd Bergmann and Greg Kroah-Hartman)
- Define a per pincontroller list of GPIO ranges from the GPIO
pin space that can be handled by the pin controller. These can
be added one by one at runtime. (Feedback from Barry Song)
- Expanded documentation of regulator_[get|enable|disable|put]
semantics.
- Fixed a number of review comments from Barry Song. (Thanks!)
ChangeLog v5->v6:
- Create an abstract pin group concept that can sort pins into
named and enumerated groups no matter what the use of these
groups may be, one possible usecase is a group of pins being
muxed in or so. The intention is however to also use these
groups for other pin control activities.
- Make it compulsory for pinmux functions to associate with
at least one group, so the abstract pin group concept is used
to define the groups of pins affected by a pinmux function.
The pinmux driver interface has been altered so as to enforce
a function to list applicable groups per function.
- Provide an optional .group entry in the pinmux machine map
so the map can select beteween different available groups
to be used with a certain function.
- Consequent changes all over the place so that e.g. debugfs
present reasonable information about the world.
- Drop the per-pin mux (*config) function in the pinmux_ops
struct - I was afraid that this would start to be used for
things totally unrelated to muxing, we can introduce that to
the generic struct pinctrl_ops if needed. I want to keep
muxing orthogonal to other pin control subjects and not mix
these things up.
ChangeLog v6->v7:
- Make it possible to have several map entries matching the
same device, pin controller and function, but using
a different group, and alter the semantics so that
pinmux_get() will pick all matching map entries, and
store the associated groups in a list. The list will
then be iterated over at pinmux_enable()/pinmux_disable()
and corresponding driver functions called for each
defined group. Notice that you're only allowed to map
multiple *groups* to the same
{ device, pin controller, function } triplet, attempts
to map the same device to multiple pin controllers will
for example fail. This is hopefully the crucial feature
requested by Stephen Warren.
- Add a pinmux hogging field to the pinmux mapping entries,
and enable the pinmux core to hog pinmux map entries.
This currently only works for pinmuxes without assigned
devices as it looks now, but with device trees we can
look up the corresponding struct device * entries when
we register the pinmux driver, and have it hog each
pinmux map in turn, for a simple approach to
non-dynamic pin muxing. This addresses an issue from
Grant Likely that the machine should take care of as
much of the pinmux setup as possible, not the devices.
By supplying a list of hogs, it can now instruct the
core to take care of any static mappings.
- Switch pinmux group retrieveal function to grab an
array of strings representing the groups rather than an
array of unsigned and rewrite accordingly.
- Alter debugfs to show the grouplist handled by each
pinmux. Also add a list of hogs.
- Dynamically allocate a struct pinmux at pinmux_get() and
free it at pinmux_put(), then add these to the global
list of pinmuxes active as we go along.
- Go over the list of pinmux maps at pinmux_get() time
and repeatedly apply matches.
- Retrieve applicable groups per function from the driver
as a string array rather than a unsigned array, then
lookup the enumerators.
- Make the device to pinmux map a singleton - only allow the
mapping table to be registered once and even tag the
registration function with __init so it surely won't be
abused.
- Create a separate debugfs file to view the pinmux map at
runtime.
- Introduce a spin lock to the pin descriptor struct, lock it
when modifying pin status entries. Reported by Stijn Devriendt.
- Fix up the documentation after review from Stephen Warren.
- Let the GPIO ranges give names as const char * instead of some
fixed-length string.
- add a function to unregister GPIO ranges to mirror the
registration function.
- Privatized the struct pinctrl_device and removed it from the
<linux/pinctrl/pinctrl.h> API, the drivers do not need to know
the members of this struct. It is now in the local header
"core.h".
- Rename the concept of "anonymous" mux maps to "system" muxes
and add convenience macros and documentation.
ChangeLog v7->v8:
- Delete the leftover pinmux_config() function from the
<linux/pinctrl/pinmux.h> header.
- Fix a race condition found by Stijn Devriendt in pin_request()
ChangeLog v8->v9:
- Drop the bus_type and the sysfs attributes and all, we're not on
the clear about how this should be used for e.g. userspace
interfaces so let us save this for the future.
- Use the right name in MAINTAINERS, PIN CONTROL rather than
PINMUX
- Don't kfree() the device state holder, let the .remove() callback
handle this.
- Fix up numerous kerneldoc headers to have one line for the function
description and more verbose documentation below the parameters
ChangeLog v9->v10:
- pinctrl: EXPORT_SYMBOL needs export.h, folded in a patch
from Steven Rothwell
- fix pinctrl_register error handling, folded in a patch from
Axel Lin
- Various fixes to documentation text so that it's consistent.
- Removed pointless comment from drivers/Kconfig
- Removed dependency on SYSFS since we removed the bus in
v9.
- Renamed hopelessly abbreviated pctldev_* functions to the
more verbose pinctrl_dev_*
- Drop mutex properly when looking up GPIO ranges
- Return NULL instead of ERR_PTR() errors on registration of
pin controllers, using cast pointers is fragile. We can
live without the detailed error codes for sure.
Cc: Stijn Devriendt <highguy@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Barry Song <21cnbao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The problem here is that max_effects can wrap on 32 bits systems.
We'd allocate a smaller amount of data than sizeof(struct ff_device).
The call to kcalloc() on the next line would fail but it would write
the NULL return outside of the memory we just allocated causing data
corruption.
The call path is that uinput_setup_device() get ->ff_effects_max from
the user and sets the value in the ->private_data struct. From there
it is:
-> uinput_ioctl_handler()
-> uinput_create_device()
-> input_ff_create(dev, udev->ff_effects_max);
I've also changed ff_effects_max so it's an unsigned int instead of
a signed int as a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
This patch exposes the tos value for the TCP sockets when the TOS flag
is requested in the ext_flags for the inet_diag request. This would mainly be
used to expose TOS values for both for TCP and UDP sockets. Currently it is
supported for TCP. When netlink support for UDP would be added the support
to expose the TOS values would alse be done. For IPV4 tos value is exposed
and for IPV6 tclass value is exposed.
Signed-off-by: Murali Raja <muralira@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XRC ("eXtended reliable connected") is an IB transport that provides
better scalability by allowing senders to specify which shared receive
queue (SRQ) should be used to receive a message, which essentially
allows one transport context (QP connection) to serve multiple
destinations (as long as they share an adapter, of course).
A few new concepts are introduced to support this. This patch adds:
- A new device capability flag, IB_DEVICE_XRC, which low-level
drivers set to indicate that a device supports XRC.
- A new object type, XRC domains (struct ib_xrcd), and new verbs
ib_alloc_xrcd()/ib_dealloc_xrcd(). XRCDs are used to limit which
XRC SRQs an incoming message can target.
This patch is derived from work by Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
ip_vs_mutext is used by both netns shutdown code and startup
and both implicit uses sk_lock-AF_INET mutex.
cleanup CPU-1 startup CPU-2
ip_vs_dst_event() ip_vs_genl_set_cmd()
sk_lock-AF_INET __ip_vs_mutex
sk_lock-AF_INET
__ip_vs_mutex
* DEAD LOCK *
A new mutex placed in ip_vs netns struct called sync_mutex is added.
Comments from Julian and Simon added.
This patch has been running for more than 3 month now and it seems to work.
Ver. 3
IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON in do_ip_vs_get_ctl protected by sync_mutex
instead of __ip_vs_mutex as sugested by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently pstore write interface employs record id as return
value, but it is not enough because it can't tell caller if
the write operation is successful. Pass the record id back via
an argument pointer and return zero for success, non-zero for
failure.
Signed-off-by: Chen Gong <gong.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Both Headset DAC need to be turned on/off at the same time before
any of the output drivers are enabled (HS Left/Right, Earpiece).
Move the HS DAC enable code to sequenced DAPM_SUPPLY, and attach
it to the DACs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
If the client only interested, if any of the vibra channels enabled, or
if any of the channels are set to receive audio data via PDM.
This function targets mainly the vibra driver, so it can check if it is
allowed to execute effects ot not.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The vibra control register will be used from the ASoC codec driver as well.
In order to avoid latency issues caused by I2C read access, cache the two
control register within the core driver, so we do not need to reach out
to the chip to read it back.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The bits within the two control registers (for left and right channel)
are identical.
Use common names for the bits acros the two register.
Also add the missing definition for the path selection bit.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Abort driver initialization if X plate resistance was not specified in
platform data as it will cause pressure to be always calculated as 0,
and making userspace ignore touch coordinates.
Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce support for the following extended speeds:
FDR-10: a Mellanox proprietary link speed which is 10.3125 Gbps with
64b/66b encoding rather than 8b/10b encoding.
FDR: IBA extended speed 14.0625 Gbps.
EDR: IBA extended speed 25.78125 Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcela@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Hal Rosenstock <hal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
This is only used/needed by the vmbus core code, so move it out of the
hyperv.h file and into the .c file that uses it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This function is only used in the file it is declared in
(channel_mgmt.c) so make it static and remove it from the hyperv.h file.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This file was created by mushing different .h files together and it
shows. This change removes some unneeded forward declarations.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
I have no idea what these were ever for, but they aren't used, so delete
them.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
They aren't used anywhere anymore now that the debugging macros are
gone, so remove it from hyperv.h as well.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
As there is no user of this variable, it's time to delete it. For
dynamic debugging of the hyperv code, use the standard dynamic debug
kernel interface.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
These aren't used by anyone anymore, so remove them before someone tries
to use them again.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
It's a global symbol, so properly prefix it and use the proper EXPORT
value as well.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
No one outside of the hyperv core needs to include the asm/hyperv.h
file, so don't put it in the "global" include/linux/hyperv.h file.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
role_switch variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_active variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_reliable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flushable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag. Added flags in l2cap_chan structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Move all common parts from sdio.c and spi.c to main.c, since they now
can be handled as part of the platform driver.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
[forward-ported, cleaned-up and rephrased commit message]
[added a bunch of fixes and a new pdata element]
[moved some new code into main.c as well]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Commit 1230db8e15 ("llist: Make some llist functions inline")
has deleted the definitions, causing problems for (not upstream yet)
code that tries to make use of them.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111005172528.0d0a8afc65acef7ace22a24e@canb.auug.org.au
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
After many years wandering the desert, it is finally time for the
Microsoft HyperV code to move out of the staging directory. Or at least
the core hyperv bus code, and the utility driver, the rest still have
some review to get through by the various subsystem maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
The Kirkwood gave an unaligned memory access error on
line 742 of drivers/usb/host/echi-hcd.c:
"ehci->last_periodic_enable = ktime_get_real();"
Signed-off-by: Harro Haan <hrhaan@gmail.com>
Cc: stable <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
There are no user of EXT3_IOC32_WAIT_FOR_READONLY and also it is
broken. No one set the set_ro_timer, no one wake up us and our
state is set to TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE not RUNNING. So remove it.
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Add a way to send DRM events down the gpu fifo by attaching them to
fence objects. This may be useful for Xserver swapbuffer throttling and
page-flip done notifications.
Bump version to 2.2 to signal the availability of the FENCE_EVENT ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
We really should be doing this in the core, not in a driver...
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tested-by: Jarkko Nikula <jarkko.nikula@bitmer.com>
This patch adds support for regulators that can be controlled via gpios.
Examples for such regulators are the TI-tps65024x voltage regulators
with 4 fixed and 1 runtime-switchable voltage regulators
or the TI-bq240XX charger regulators.
The number of controlling gpios is not limited, the mapping between
voltage/current and target gpio state is done via the states map
and the driver can be used for either voltage or current regulators.
A mapping for a regulator with two GPIOs could look like:
gpios = {
{ .gpio = GPIO1, .flags = GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH, .label = "gpio name 1" },
{ .gpio = GPIO2, .flags = GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW, .label = "gpio name 2" },
}
The flags element of the gpios array determines the initial state of
the gpio, set during probe. The initial state of the regulator is also
calculated from these values
states = {
{ .value = volt_or_cur1, .gpios = (0 << 1) | (0 << 0) },
{ .value = volt_or_cur2, .gpios = (0 << 1) | (1 << 0) },
{ .value = volt_or_cur3, .gpios = (1 << 1) | (0 << 0) },
{ .value = volt_or_cur4, .gpios = (1 << 1) | (1 << 0) },
}
The target-state for the n-th gpio is determined by the n-th bit
in the bitfield of the target-value.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The number of connected input and output endpoints for a given widgets
can't change during a DAPM run so there is no need to redo the recursion
through branches of the tree we've already visited. Doing this on one of
my test systems gives an improvement of:
Power Path Neighbour
Before: 63 607 731
After: 63 141 181
which scales up well as more widgets are involved in paths.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handling of user control elements was implemented for all types except
ENUMERATED. This type will be needed for the device-specific mixers of
upcoming FireWire drivers.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Reorganize the standards macro and add a few more, that will be
used on msp3400 in order to allow it to detect the audio standard.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
* pm-domains:
PM / Domains: Split device PM domain data into base and need_restore
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 sleep warning fixes
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A3SM support
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 generic suspend/resume support
PM / Domains: Preliminary support for devices with power.irq_safe set
PM: Move clock-related definitions and headers to separate file
PM / Domains: Use power.sybsys_data to reduce overhead
PM: Reference counting of power.subsys_data
PM: Introduce struct pm_subsys_data
ARM / shmobile: Make A3RV be a subdomain of A4LC on SH7372
PM / Domains: Rename argument of pm_genpd_add_subdomain()
PM / Domains: Rename GPD_STATE_WAIT_PARENT to GPD_STATE_WAIT_MASTER
PM / Domains: Allow generic PM domains to have multiple masters
PM / Domains: Add "wait for parent" status for generic PM domains
PM / Domains: Make pm_genpd_poweron() always survive parent removal
PM / Domains: Do not take parent locks to modify subdomain counters
PM / Domains: Implement subdomain counters as atomic fields
* pm-runtime:
PM / Tracing: build rpm-traces.c only if CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is set
PM / Runtime: Replace dev_dbg() with trace_rpm_*()
PM / Runtime: Introduce trace points for tracing rpm_* functions
PM / Runtime: Don't run callbacks under lock for power.irq_safe set
USB: Add wakeup info to debugging messages
PM / Runtime: pm_runtime_idle() can be called in atomic context
PM / Runtime: Add macro to test for runtime PM events
PM / Runtime: Add might_sleep() to runtime PM functions
To avoid ifdefs in the other code that supports DCB notifiers
add stub routines. This method seems popular in other net code
for example 8021Q.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DCBX mode to event notifiers so listeners can learn
currently enabled mode.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ifindex instead of ifname in the DCB app ring. This makes for a smaller
data structure and faster comparisons. It also avoids possible issues when
a net device is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By accident few places still uses the _2r calls from
the core.
This is a quick fix, the drivers using the old callbacks
going to be changed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Update struct iw_cm_event to support propagating the ird/ord values
upwards to the application.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumaras@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
The two new attributes exclude_guest and exclude_host can
bes used by user-space to tell the kernel to setup
performance counter to either only count while the CPU is in
guest or in host mode.
An additional check is also introduced to make sure
user-space does not try to exclude guest and host mode from
counting.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1317816084-18026-2-git-send-email-gleb@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
We do not have users for snd_soc_put_volsw_2r anymore.
It can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handle the put_volsw/put_volsw_2r in one function.
To avoid build breakage in twl6040 keep the
snd_soc_put_volsw_2r as define, and map it snd_soc_put_volsw.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handle the get_volsw/get_volsw_2r in one function.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handle the info_volsw/info_volsw_2r in one function.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
SOC_SINGLE/DOUBLE_VALUE is used for mixer controls, where the
bits are within one register.
Assign .rreg to be the same as .reg for these types.
With this change we can tell if the mixer in question:
is mono:
mc->reg == mc->rreg && mc->shift == mc->rshift
is stereo, within single register:
mc->reg == mc->rreg && mc->shift != mc->rshift
is stereo, in two registers:
mc->reg != mc->rreg
The patch provide a small inline function to query, if the mixer
is stereo, or mono.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Similar to Line Out, these constants form the base for future
patches enabling input jack reporting for Line in jacks.
Signed-off-by: David Henningsson <david.henningsson@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Some widgets will get power_check() run on them more than once during a
DAPM run, most commonly due to supply widgets checking to see if their
consumers are powered up. It's wasteful to do this so cache the result
of power_check() during a run. For one system I tested this on I got an
improvement of:
Power Path Neighbour
Before: 106 970 1186
After: 69 727 905
from this.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch is a DRM Driver for Samsung SoC Exynos4210 and now enables
only FIMD yet but we will add HDMI support also in the future.
this patch is based on git repository below:
git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux.git
branch name: drm-next
commit-id: 88ef4e3f4f
you can refer to our working repository below:
http://git.infradead.org/users/kmpark/linux-2.6-samsung
branch name: samsung-drm
We tried to re-use lowlevel codes of the FIMD driver(s3c-fb.c
based on Linux framebuffer) but couldn't so because lowlevel codes
of s3c-fb.c are included internally and so FIMD module of this driver has
its own lowlevel codes.
We used GEM framework for buffer management and DMA APIs(dma_alloc_*)
for buffer allocation so we can allocate physically continuous memory
for DMA through it and also we could use CMA later if CMA is applied to
mainline.
Refer to this link for CMA(Continuous Memory Allocator):
http://lkml.org/lkml/2011/7/20/45
this driver supports only physically continuous memory(non-iommu).
Links to previous versions of the patchset:
v1: < https://lwn.net/Articles/454380/ >
v2: < http://www.spinics.net/lists/kernel/msg1224275.html >
v3: < http://www.spinics.net/lists/dri-devel/msg13755.html >
v4: < http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.comp.video.dri.devel/60439 >
v5: < http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.comp.video.dri.devel/60802 >
Changelog v2:
DRM: add DRM_IOCTL_SAMSUNG_GEM_MMAP ioctl command.
this feature maps user address space to physical memory region
once user application requests DRM_IOCTL_SAMSUNG_GEM_MMAP ioctl.
DRM: code clean and add exception codes.
Changelog v3:
DRM: Support multiple irq.
FIMD and HDMI have their own irq handler but DRM Framework can regiter
only one irq handler this patch supports mutiple irq for Samsung SoC.
DRM: Consider modularization.
each DRM, FIMD could be built as a module.
DRM: Have indenpendent crtc object.
crtc isn't specific to SoC Platform so this patch gets a crtc
to be used as common object.
created crtc could be attached to any encoder object.
DRM: code clean and add exception codes.
Changelog v4:
DRM: remove is_defult from samsung_fb.
is_default isn't used for default framebuffer.
DRM: code refactoring to fimd module.
this patch is be considered with multiple display objects and
would use its own request_irq() to register a irq handler instead of
drm framework's one.
DRM: remove find_samsung_drm_gem_object()
DRM: move kernel private data structures and definitions to driver folder.
samsung_drm.h would contain only public information for userspace
ioctl interface.
DRM: code refactoring to gem modules.
buffer module isn't dependent of gem module anymore.
DRM: fixed security issue.
DRM: remove encoder porinter from specific connector.
samsung connector doesn't need to have generic encoder.
DRM: code clean and add exception codes.
Changelog v5:
DRM: updated fimd(display controller) driver.
added various pixel formats, color key and pixel blending features.
DRM: removed end_buf_off from samsung_drm_overlay structure.
this variable isn't used and end buffer address would be
calculated by each sub driver.
DRM: use generic function for mmap_offset.
replaced samsung_drm_gem_create_mmap_offset() and
samsung_drm_free_mmap_offset() with generic ones applied
to mainline recentrly.
DRM: removed unnecessary codes and added exception codes.
DRM: added comments and code clean.
Changelog v6:
DRM: added default config options.
DRM: added padding for 64-bit align.
DRM: changed prefix 'samsung' to 'exynos'
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
The Freescale DIU video controller supports five video "modes", but only
the first two are used by the driver. The other three are special modes
that don't make sense for a framebuffer driver. Therefore, there's no
point in keeping a global variable that indicates which mode we're
supposed to use.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Move several macros and structures from the Freescale DIU driver's header
file into the source file, because they're only used by that file. Also
delete a few unused macros.
The diu and diu_ad structures cannot be moved because they're being used
by the MPC5121 platform file. A future patch eliminate the need for
the platform file to access these structs, so they'll be moved also.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Use the _IOx macros to define the ioctl commands, instead of hard-coded
numbers. Unfortunately, the original definitions of MFB_SET_PIXFMT and
MFB_GET_PIXFMT used the wrong value for the size, so these macros have
new values now. To avoid breaking binary compatibility with older
applications, we retain support for the original values, but the driver
displays a warning message if they're used.
Also remove the FBIOGET_GWINFO and FBIOPUT_GWINFO ioctls. FBIOPUT_GWINFO
was never implemented, and FBIOGET_GWINFO was never used by any
application.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Add a helper similar to of_property_read_u32() that handles 64-bit
integers.
v2/v3: constify device node and property name parameters.
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Reviewed-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
The clocksource name should be const for correctness.
Cc: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
To read the current PM QoS value for a given device we need to
make sure that the device's power.constraints object won't be
removed while we're doing that. For this reason, put the
operation under dev->power.lock and acquire the lock
around the initialization and removal of power.constraints.
Moreover, since we're using the value of power.constraints to
determine whether or not the object is present, the
power.constraints_state field isn't necessary any more and may be
removed. However, dev_pm_qos_add_request() needs to check if the
device is being removed from the system before allocating a new
PM QoS constraints object for it, so make it use the
power.power_state field of struct device for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
* git://github.com/davem330/net:
pch_gbe: Fixed the issue on which a network freezes
pch_gbe: Fixed the issue on which PC was frozen when link was downed.
make PACKET_STATISTICS getsockopt report consistently between ring and non-ring
net: xen-netback: correctly restart Tx after a VM restore/migrate
bonding: properly stop queuing work when requested
can bcm: fix incomplete tx_setup fix
RDSRDMA: Fix cleanup of rds_iw_mr_pool
net: Documentation: Fix type of variables
ibmveth: Fix oops on request_irq failure
ipv6: nullify ipv6_ac_list and ipv6_fl_list when creating new socket
cxgb4: Fix EEH on IBM P7IOC
can bcm: fix tx_setup off-by-one errors
MAINTAINERS: tehuti: Alexander Indenbaum's address bounces
dp83640: reduce driver noise
ptp: fix L2 event message recognition
Add the ability to disable PCI-E MPS turning and using the BIOS
configured MPS defaults. Due to the number of issues recently
discovered on some x86 chipsets, make this the default behavior.
Also, add the option for peer to peer DMA MPS configuration. Peer to
peer DMA is outside the scope of this patch, but MPS configuration could
prevent it from working by having the MPS on one root port different
than the MPS on another. To work around this, simply make the system
wide MPS the smallest possible value (128B).
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <mason@myri.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add of_property_read_string_index and of_property_count_strings
to retrieve one string inside a property that will contains
severals strings.
Signed-off-by: Benoit Cousson <b-cousson@ti.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
In order to reduce the number of DAPM power checks we run keep a list of
widgets which have been changed since the last DAPM run and iterate over
that rather than the full widget list. Whenever we change the power state
for a widget we add all the source and sink widgets it has to the dirty
list, ensuring that all widgets in the path are checked.
This covers more widgets than we need to as some of the neighbour widgets
won't be connected but it's simpler as a first step. On one system I tried
this gave:
Power Path Neighbour
Before: 207 1939 2461
After: 114 1066 1327
which seems useful.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
With the new macro we can remove duplicated code
for the SOC_DOUBLE_R type of controls.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
With the new macro we can remove duplicated code
for the SOC_DOUBLE type of controls.
We can also remap the SOC_SINGLE_VALUE macro to
SOC_DOUBLE_VALUE
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The WM1811 is mostly register compatible with the WM8994 and WM8958,
providing a high performance audio hub CODEC in a small form factor
suitable for ultra compact system designs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The WM1811 is mostly register compatible with the WM8994 and WM8958,
providing a high performance audio hub CODEC in a small form factor
suitable for ultra compact system designs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Initial benchmarks show they're a net loss:
$ for i in /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cpufreq/scaling_governor ; do echo performance > $i; done
$ echo 4096 32000 64 128 > /proc/sys/kernel/sem
$ ./sembench -t 2048 -w 1900 -o 0
Pre:
run time 30 seconds 778936 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 912190 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 817506 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 830870 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 845056 worker burns per second
Post:
run time 30 seconds 905920 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 849046 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 886286 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 822320 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 900283 worker burns per second
So about 4% faster. (!)
cpu_relax() stalls the pipeline, therefore, when used in a tight loop
it has the following benefits:
- allows SMT siblings to have a go;
- reduces pressure on the CPU interconnect.
However, cmpxchg loops are unfair and thus have unbounded completion
time, therefore we should avoid getting in such heavily contended
situations where the above benefits make any difference.
A typical cmpxchg loop should not go round more than a handfull of
times at worst, therefore adding extra delays just slows things down.
Since the llist primitives are new, there aren't any bad users yet,
and we should avoid growing them. Heavily contended sites should
generally be better off using the ticket locks for serialization since
they provide bounded completion times (fifo-fair over the cpus).
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315836358.26517.43.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use the generic llist primitives.
We had a private lockless list implementation in the scheduler in the wake-list
code, now that we have a generic llist implementation that provides all required
operations, switch to it.
This patch is not expected to change any behavior.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315836353.26517.42.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
So we don't have to expose the struct list_node member.
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315836348.26517.41.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use llist in irq_work instead of the lock-less linked list
implementation in irq_work to avoid the code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-6-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Extend the llist_add*() functions to return a success indicator, this
allows us in the scheduler code to send an IPI if the queue was empty.
( There's no effect on existing users, because the list_add_xxx() functions
are inline, thus this will be optimized out by the compiler if not used
by callers. )
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-5-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
If in llist_add()/etc. functions the first cmpxchg() call succeeds, it is
not necessary to use cpu_relax() before the cmpxchg(). So cpu_relax() in
a busy loop involving cmpxchg() should go after cmpxchg() instead of before
that.
This patch fixes this for all involved llist functions.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-4-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Remove the nmi() checks spread around the code. in_nmi() is not available
on every architecture and it's a pretty obscure and ugly check in any case.
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-3-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
In the pNFS obj-LD the device table at the layout level needs
to point to a device_cache node, where it is possible and likely
that many layouts will point to the same device-nodes.
In Exofs we have a more orderly structure where we have a single
array of devices that repeats twice for a round-robin view of the
device table
This patch moves to a model that can be used by the pNFS obj-LD
where struct ore_components holds an array of ore_dev-pointers.
(ore_dev is newly defined and contains a struct osd_dev *od
member)
Each pointer in the array of pointers will point to a bigger
user-defined dev_struct. That can be accessed by use of the
container_of macro.
In Exofs an __alloc_dev_table() function allocates the
ore_dev-pointers array as well as an exofs_dev array, in one
allocation and does the addresses dance to set everything pointing
correctly. It still keeps the double allocation trick for the
inodes round-robin view of the table.
The device table is always allocated dynamically, also for the
single device case. So it is unconditionally freed at umount.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Because llist code will be used in performance critical scheduler
code path, make llist_add() and llist_del_all() inline to avoid
function calling overhead and related 'glue' overhead.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-2-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Each event adds some points to its counters. By default it adds 1,
and a number of points may be transmited in event's parameters.
E.g. sched:sched_stat_runtime adds how long process has been running.
But this functionality was broken by v2.6.31-rc5-392-gf413cdb
and now the event's parameters doesn't affect on a number of points.
TP_perf_assign isn't defined, so __perf_count(c) isn't executed and
__count is always equal to 1.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1317052535-1765247-2-git-send-email-avagin@openvz.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a gpio setup function which gives a chance to set up
platform specific configuration such as pin multiplexing,
input/output direction at the runtime or booting time.
Signed-off-by: Sangwook Lee <sangwook.lee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow injected unicast frames to be sent without having to wait
for an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
removing obsoleted sysctl,
ip_rt_gc_interval variable no longer used since 2.6.38
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This repairs problem with compile library in userspace (libnl).
Signed-off-by: Jiří Župka <jzupka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows ss command (iproute2) to display "ecnseen" if at least one packet
with ECT(0) or ECT(1) or ECN was received by this socket.
"ecn" means ECN was negotiated at session establishment (TCP level)
"ecnseen" means we received at least one packet with ECT fields set (IP
level)
ss -i
...
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.20.110:22 192.168.20.144:38016
ino:5950 sk:f178e400
mem:(r0,w0,f0,t0) ts sack ecn ecnseen bic wscale:7,8 rto:210
rtt:12.5/7.5 cwnd:10 send 9.3Mbps rcv_space:14480
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct ore_striping_info will be used later in other
structures. And ore_calc_stripe_info as well. Rename them
make struct ore_striping_info public. ore_calc_stripe_info
is still static, will be made public on first use.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
The struct pnfs_osd_data_map data_map member of exofs_sb_info was
never used after mount. In fact all it's members were duplicated
by the ore_layout structure. So just remove the duplicated information.
Also removed some stupid, but perfectly supported, restrictions on
layout parameters. The case where num_devices is not divisible by
mirror_count+1 is perfectly fine since the rotating device view
will eventually use all the devices it can get.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@tonian.com>
ore_components already has a comps member so this leads
to things like comps->comps which is annoying. the name oc
was already used in new code. So rename all old usage of
ore_components comps => ore_components oc.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Add zorder support on OMAP4, this feature allows deciding the visibility order
of the overlays based on the zorder value provided as an overlay info parameter
or a sysfs attribute of the overlay object.
Use the overlay cap OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_ZORDER to determine whether zorder is
supported for the overlay or not. Use dss feature FEAT_ALPHA_FREE_ZORDER
if the caps are not available.
Ensure that all overlays that are enabled and connected to the same manager
have different zorders. Swapping zorders of 2 enabled overlays currently
requires disabling one of the overlays.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add support for VIDEO3 pipeline on OMAP4:
- Add VIDEO3 pipeline information in dss_features and omapdss.h
- Add VIDEO3 pipeline register coefficients in dispc.h
- Create a new overlay structure corresponding to VIDEO3.
- Make changes in dispc.c for VIDEO3
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
On OMAP3, in order to enable alpha blending for LCD and TV managers, we needed
to set LCDALPHABLENDERENABLE/TVALPHABLENDERENABLE bits in DISPC_CONFIG. On
OMAP4, alpha blending is always enabled by default, if the above bits are set,
we switch to an OMAP3 compatibility mode where the zorder values in the pipeline
attribute registers are ignored and a fixed priority is configured.
Rename the manager_info member "alpha_enabled" to "partial_alpha_enabled" for
more clarity. Introduce two dss_features FEAT_ALPHA_FIXED_ZORDER and
FEAT_ALPHA_FREE_ZORDER which represent OMAP3-alpha compatibility mode and OMAP4
alpha mode respectively. Introduce an overlay cap for ZORDER. The DSS2 user is
expected to check for the ZORDER cap, if an overlay doesn't have this cap, the
user is expected to set the parameter partial_alpha_enabled. If the overlay has
ZORDER cap, the DSS2 user can assume that alpha blending is already enabled.
Don't support OMAP3 compatibility mode for now. Trying to read/write to
alpha_blending_enabled sysfs attribute issues a warning for OMAP4 and does not
set the LCDALPHABLENDERENABLE/TVALPHABLENDERENABLE bits.
Change alpha_enabled to partial_alpha_enabled in the omap_vout driver. Use
overlay cap "OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA" to check if overlay supports alpha
blending or not. Replace this with checks for VIDEO1 pipeline.
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Lajos Molnar <molnar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Acked-by: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
As request_percpu_irq() doesn't allow for a percpu interrupt to have
its type configured (it is generally impossible to configure it on all
CPUs at once), add a 'type' argument to enable_percpu_irq().
This allows some low-level, board specific init code to be switched to
a generic API.
[ tglx: Added WARN_ON argument ]
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Cc: Abhijeet Dharmapurikar <adharmap@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The ARM GIC interrupt controller offers per CPU interrupts (PPIs),
which are usually used to connect local timers to each core. Each CPU
has its own private interface to the GIC, and only sees the PPIs that
are directly connect to it.
While these timers are separate devices and have a separate interrupt
line to a core, they all use the same IRQ number.
For these devices, request_irq() is not the right API as it assumes
that an IRQ number is visible by a number of CPUs (through the
affinity setting), but makes it very awkward to express that an IRQ
number can be handled by all CPUs, and yet be a different interrupt
line on each CPU, requiring a different dev_id cookie to be passed
back to the handler.
The *_percpu_irq() functions is designed to overcome these
limitations, by providing a per-cpu dev_id vector:
int request_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq, irq_handler_t handler,
const char *devname, void __percpu *percpu_dev_id);
void free_percpu_irq(unsigned int, void __percpu *);
int setup_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq, struct irqaction *new);
void remove_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq, struct irqaction *act);
void enable_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq);
void disable_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq);
The API has a number of limitations:
- no interrupt sharing
- no threading
- common handler across all the CPUs
Once the interrupt is requested using setup_percpu_irq() or
request_percpu_irq(), it must be enabled by each core that wishes its
local interrupt to be delivered.
Based on an initial patch by Thomas Gleixner.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Cc: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1316793788-14500-2-git-send-email-marc.zyngier@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
As proposed by Chris, Dave and Jan, don't start foreground writeback IO
inside balance_dirty_pages(). Instead, simply let it idle sleep for some
time to throttle the dirtying task. In the mean while, kick off the
per-bdi flusher thread to do background writeback IO.
RATIONALS
=========
- disk seeks on concurrent writeback of multiple inodes (Dave Chinner)
If every thread doing writes and being throttled start foreground
writeback, it leads to N IO submitters from at least N different
inodes at the same time, end up with N different sets of IO being
issued with potentially zero locality to each other, resulting in
much lower elevator sort/merge efficiency and hence we seek the disk
all over the place to service the different sets of IO.
OTOH, if there is only one submission thread, it doesn't jump between
inodes in the same way when congestion clears - it keeps writing to
the same inode, resulting in large related chunks of sequential IOs
being issued to the disk. This is more efficient than the above
foreground writeback because the elevator works better and the disk
seeks less.
- lock contention and cache bouncing on concurrent IO submitters (Dave Chinner)
With this patchset, the fs_mark benchmark on a 12-drive software RAID0 goes
from CPU bound to IO bound, freeing "3-4 CPUs worth of spinlock contention".
* "CPU usage has dropped by ~55%", "it certainly appears that most of
the CPU time saving comes from the removal of contention on the
inode_wb_list_lock" (IMHO at least 10% comes from the reduction of
cacheline bouncing, because the new code is able to call much less
frequently into balance_dirty_pages() and hence access the global
page states)
* the user space "App overhead" is reduced by 20%, by avoiding the
cacheline pollution by the complex writeback code path
* "for a ~5% throughput reduction", "the number of write IOs have
dropped by ~25%", and the elapsed time reduced from 41:42.17 to
40:53.23.
* On a simple test of 100 dd, it reduces the CPU %system time from 30% to 3%,
and improves IO throughput from 38MB/s to 42MB/s.
- IO size too small for fast arrays and too large for slow USB sticks
The write_chunk used by current balance_dirty_pages() cannot be
directly set to some large value (eg. 128MB) for better IO efficiency.
Because it could lead to more than 1 second user perceivable stalls.
Even the current 4MB write size may be too large for slow USB sticks.
The fact that balance_dirty_pages() starts IO on itself couples the
IO size to wait time, which makes it hard to do suitable IO size while
keeping the wait time under control.
Now it's possible to increase writeback chunk size proportional to the
disk bandwidth. In a simple test of 50 dd's on XFS, 1-HDD, 3GB ram,
the larger writeback size dramatically reduces the seek count to 1/10
(far beyond my expectation) and improves the write throughput by 24%.
- long block time in balance_dirty_pages() hurts desktop responsiveness
Many of us may have the experience: it often takes a couple of seconds
or even long time to stop a heavy writing dd/cp/tar command with
Ctrl-C or "kill -9".
- IO pipeline broken by bumpy write() progress
There are a broad class of "loop {read(buf); write(buf);}" applications
whose read() pipeline will be under-utilized or even come to a stop if
the write()s have long latencies _or_ don't progress in a constant rate.
The current threshold based throttling inherently transfers the large
low level IO completion fluctuations to bumpy application write()s,
and further deteriorates with increasing number of dirtiers and/or bdi's.
For example, when doing 50 dd's + 1 remote rsync to an XFS partition,
the rsync progresses very bumpy in legacy kernel, and throughput is
improved by 67% by this patchset. (plus the larger write chunk size,
it will be 93% speedup).
The new rate based throttling can support 1000+ dd's with excellent
smoothness, low latency and low overheads.
For the above reasons, it's much better to do IO-less and low latency
pauses in balance_dirty_pages().
Jan Kara, Dave Chinner and me explored the scheme to let
balance_dirty_pages() wait for enough writeback IO completions to
safeguard the dirty limit. However it's found to have two problems:
- in large NUMA systems, the per-cpu counters may have big accounting
errors, leading to big throttle wait time and jitters.
- NFS may kill large amount of unstable pages with one single COMMIT.
Because NFS server serves COMMIT with expensive fsync() IOs, it is
desirable to delay and reduce the number of COMMITs. So it's not
likely to optimize away such kind of bursty IO completions, and the
resulted large (and tiny) stall times in IO completion based throttling.
So here is a pause time oriented approach, which tries to control the
pause time in each balance_dirty_pages() invocations, by controlling
the number of pages dirtied before calling balance_dirty_pages(), for
smooth and efficient dirty throttling:
- avoid useless (eg. zero pause time) balance_dirty_pages() calls
- avoid too small pause time (less than 4ms, which burns CPU power)
- avoid too large pause time (more than 200ms, which hurts responsiveness)
- avoid big fluctuations of pause times
It can control pause times at will. The default policy (in a followup
patch) will be to do ~10ms pauses in 1-dd case, and increase to ~100ms
in 1000-dd case.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE
===============
(1) dirty threshold
Users will notice that the applications will get throttled once crossing
the global (background + dirty)/2=15% threshold, and then balanced around
17.5%. Before patch, the behavior is to just throttle it at 20% dirtyable
memory in 1-dd case.
Since the task will be soft throttled earlier than before, it may be
perceived by end users as performance "slow down" if his application
happens to dirty more than 15% dirtyable memory.
(2) smoothness/responsiveness
Users will notice a more responsive system during heavy writeback.
"killall dd" will take effect instantly.
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Add two fields to task_struct.
1) account dirtied pages in the individual tasks, for accuracy
2) per-task balance_dirty_pages() call intervals, for flexibility
The balance_dirty_pages() call interval (ie. nr_dirtied_pause) will
scale near-sqrt to the safety gap between dirty pages and threshold.
The main problem of per-task nr_dirtied is, if 1k+ tasks start dirtying
pages at exactly the same time, each task will be assigned a large
initial nr_dirtied_pause, so that the dirty threshold will be exceeded
long before each task reached its nr_dirtied_pause and hence call
balance_dirty_pages().
The solution is to watch for the number of pages dirtied on each CPU in
between the calls into balance_dirty_pages(). If it exceeds ratelimit_pages
(3% dirty threshold), force call balance_dirty_pages() for a chance to
set bdi->dirty_exceeded. In normal situations, this safeguarding
condition is not expected to trigger at all.
On the sqrt in dirty_poll_interval():
It will serve as an initial guess when dirty pages are still in the
freerun area.
When dirty pages are floating inside the dirty control scope [freerun,
limit], a followup patch will use some refined dirty poll interval to
get the desired pause time.
thresh-dirty (MB) sqrt
1 16
2 22
4 32
8 45
16 64
32 90
64 128
128 181
256 256
512 362
1024 512
The above table means, given 1MB (or 1GB) gap and the dd tasks polling
balance_dirty_pages() on every 16 (or 512) pages, the dirty limit won't
be exceeded as long as there are less than 16 (or 512) concurrent dd's.
So sqrt naturally leads to less overheads and more safe concurrent tasks
for large memory servers, which have large (thresh-freerun) gaps.
peter: keep the per-CPU ratelimit for safeguarding the 1k+ tasks case
CC: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Reviewed-by: Andrea Righi <andrea@betterlinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
There are some imperfections in balanced_dirty_ratelimit.
1) large fluctuations
The dirty_rate used for computing balanced_dirty_ratelimit is merely
averaged in the past 200ms (very small comparing to the 3s estimation
period for write_bw), which makes rather dispersed distribution of
balanced_dirty_ratelimit.
It's pretty hard to average out the singular points by increasing the
estimation period. Considering that the averaging technique will
introduce very undesirable time lags, I give it up totally. (btw, the 3s
write_bw averaging time lag is much more acceptable because its impact
is one-way and therefore won't lead to oscillations.)
The more practical way is filtering -- most singular
balanced_dirty_ratelimit points can be filtered out by remembering some
prev_balanced_rate and prev_prev_balanced_rate. However the more
reliable way is to guard balanced_dirty_ratelimit with task_ratelimit.
2) due to truncates and fs redirties, the (write_bw <=> dirty_rate)
match could become unbalanced, which may lead to large systematical
errors in balanced_dirty_ratelimit. The truncates, due to its possibly
bumpy nature, can hardly be compensated smoothly. So let's face it. When
some over-estimated balanced_dirty_ratelimit brings dirty_ratelimit
high, dirty pages will go higher than the setpoint. task_ratelimit will
in turn become lower than dirty_ratelimit. So if we consider both
balanced_dirty_ratelimit and task_ratelimit and update dirty_ratelimit
only when they are on the same side of dirty_ratelimit, the systematical
errors in balanced_dirty_ratelimit won't be able to bring
dirty_ratelimit far away.
The balanced_dirty_ratelimit estimation may also be inaccurate near
@limit or @freerun, however is less an issue.
3) since we ultimately want to
- keep the fluctuations of task ratelimit as small as possible
- keep the dirty pages around the setpoint as long time as possible
the update policy used for (2) also serves the above goals nicely:
if for some reason the dirty pages are high (task_ratelimit < dirty_ratelimit),
and dirty_ratelimit is low (dirty_ratelimit < balanced_dirty_ratelimit),
there is no point to bring up dirty_ratelimit in a hurry only to hurt
both the above two goals.
So, we make use of task_ratelimit to limit the update of dirty_ratelimit
in two ways:
1) avoid changing dirty rate when it's against the position control target
(the adjusted rate will slow down the progress of dirty pages going
back to setpoint).
2) limit the step size. task_ratelimit is changing values step by step,
leaving a consistent trace comparing to the randomly jumping
balanced_dirty_ratelimit. task_ratelimit also has the nice smaller
errors in stable state and typically larger errors when there are big
errors in rate. So it's a pretty good limiting factor for the step
size of dirty_ratelimit.
Note that bdi->dirty_ratelimit is always tracking balanced_dirty_ratelimit.
task_ratelimit is merely used as a limiting factor.
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
It's all about bdi->dirty_ratelimit, which aims to be (write_bw / N)
when there are N dd tasks.
On write() syscall, use bdi->dirty_ratelimit
============================================
balance_dirty_pages(pages_dirtied)
{
task_ratelimit = bdi->dirty_ratelimit * bdi_position_ratio();
pause = pages_dirtied / task_ratelimit;
sleep(pause);
}
On every 200ms, update bdi->dirty_ratelimit
===========================================
bdi_update_dirty_ratelimit()
{
task_ratelimit = bdi->dirty_ratelimit * bdi_position_ratio();
balanced_dirty_ratelimit = task_ratelimit * write_bw / dirty_rate;
bdi->dirty_ratelimit = balanced_dirty_ratelimit
}
Estimation of balanced bdi->dirty_ratelimit
===========================================
balanced task_ratelimit
-----------------------
balance_dirty_pages() needs to throttle tasks dirtying pages such that
the total amount of dirty pages stays below the specified dirty limit in
order to avoid memory deadlocks. Furthermore we desire fairness in that
tasks get throttled proportionally to the amount of pages they dirty.
IOW we want to throttle tasks such that we match the dirty rate to the
writeout bandwidth, this yields a stable amount of dirty pages:
dirty_rate == write_bw (1)
The fairness requirement gives us:
task_ratelimit = balanced_dirty_ratelimit
== write_bw / N (2)
where N is the number of dd tasks. We don't know N beforehand, but
still can estimate balanced_dirty_ratelimit within 200ms.
Start by throttling each dd task at rate
task_ratelimit = task_ratelimit_0 (3)
(any non-zero initial value is OK)
After 200ms, we measured
dirty_rate = # of pages dirtied by all dd's / 200ms
write_bw = # of pages written to the disk / 200ms
For the aggressive dd dirtiers, the equality holds
dirty_rate == N * task_rate
== N * task_ratelimit_0 (4)
Or
task_ratelimit_0 == dirty_rate / N (5)
Now we conclude that the balanced task ratelimit can be estimated by
write_bw
balanced_dirty_ratelimit = task_ratelimit_0 * ---------- (6)
dirty_rate
Because with (4) and (5) we can get the desired equality (1):
write_bw
balanced_dirty_ratelimit == (dirty_rate / N) * ----------
dirty_rate
== write_bw / N
Then using the balanced task ratelimit we can compute task pause times like:
task_pause = task->nr_dirtied / task_ratelimit
task_ratelimit with position control
------------------------------------
However, while the above gives us means of matching the dirty rate to
the writeout bandwidth, it at best provides us with a stable dirty page
count (assuming a static system). In order to control the dirty page
count such that it is high enough to provide performance, but does not
exceed the specified limit we need another control.
The dirty position control works by extending (2) to
task_ratelimit = balanced_dirty_ratelimit * pos_ratio (7)
where pos_ratio is a negative feedback function that subjects to
1) f(setpoint) = 1.0
2) df/dx < 0
That is, if the dirty pages are ABOVE the setpoint, we throttle each
task a bit more HEAVY than balanced_dirty_ratelimit, so that the dirty
pages are created less fast than they are cleaned, thus DROP to the
setpoints (and the reverse).
Based on (7) and the assumption that both dirty_ratelimit and pos_ratio
remains CONSTANT for the past 200ms, we get
task_ratelimit_0 = balanced_dirty_ratelimit * pos_ratio (8)
Putting (8) into (6), we get the formula used in
bdi_update_dirty_ratelimit():
write_bw
balanced_dirty_ratelimit *= pos_ratio * ---------- (9)
dirty_rate
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Introduce the BDI_DIRTIED counter. It will be used for estimating the
bdi's dirty bandwidth.
CC: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
CC: Michael Rubin <mrubin@google.com>
CC: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Based on a patch from Arnd Bergmann this fixes up the build
problem of assigning a non-existing global when the ux500 PRCMU
timer is not linked in by passing its base address to the init
function. We also add a missing <linux/errno.h> inclusion and
staticize the dummy function.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Allow the sas-transport-class to update events for local phys via a new
PHY_FUNC_GET_EVENTS command to ->lldd_control_phy(). Fixup drivers that
are not prepared for new enum phy_func values, and unify
->lldd_control_phy() error codes.
These are the SAS defined phy events that are reported in a
smp-report-phy-error-log command:
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/invalid_dword_count
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/running_disparity_error_count
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/loss_of_dword_sync_count
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/phy_reset_problem_count
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Based on original implementation from Jiangbi Liu and Maciej Trela.
ATAPI transfers happen in two-to-three stages. The two stage atapi
commands are those that include a dma data transfer. The data transfer
portion of these operations is handled by the hardware packet-dma
acceleration. The three-stage commands do not have a data transfer and
are handled without hardware assistance in raw frame mode.
stage1: transmit host-to-device fis to notify the device of an incoming
atapi cdb. Upon reception of the pio-setup-fis repost the task_context
to perform the dma transfer of the cdb+data (go to stage3), or repost
the task_context to transmit the cdb as a raw frame (go to stage 2).
stage2: wait for hardware notification of the cdb transmission and then
go to stage 3.
stage3: wait for the arrival of the terminating device-to-host fis and
terminate the command.
To keep the implementation simple we only support ATAPI packet-dma
protocol (for commands with data) to avoid needing to handle the data
transfer manually (like we do for SATA-PIO). This may affect
compatibility for a small number of devices (see
ATA_HORKAGE_ATAPI_MOD16_DMA).
If the data-transfer underruns, or encounters an error the
device-to-host fis is expected to arrive in the unsolicited frame queue
to pass to libata for disposition. However, in the DONE_UNEXP_FIS (data
underrun) case it appears we need to craft a response. In the
DONE_REG_ERR case we do receive the UF and propagate it to libsas.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Trela <maciej.trela@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
cache aligned xid and ex_lock beside
removing holes.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Re-arrange its fields to avoid padding and have better
cacheline alignments.
Removed not used start_time, end_time and last_pkt_time
fields.
This all reduced this struct size to 448 from 480 and
that also reduced one cacheline on x86_64 beside
eliminating 8 pads. However kept logical fields together.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Several sas drivers legitimately check the protocol against the union of
SAS_PROTOCOL_SATA and SAS_PROTOCOL_STP. Provide a SAS_PROTOCOL_STP_ALL
to silence warnings like:
drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_sas.c:438:3: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/mvsas/mv_sas.c:798:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/mvsas/mv_sas.c:1783:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/mvsas/mv_sas.c:1886:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/isci/request.c:3565:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
If the user has disabled CONFIG_SCSI_SAS_HOST_SMP then libsas drivers
will not be receiving smp-gpio frames and do not need this lookup code.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Pass queue_depth change requests to libata, and prevent queue_type
changes for ATA devices.
Otherwise:
1/ we do not honor the libata specific restrictions on the queue depth
2/ libsas drivers that do not set sdev->tagged_supported are unable to
change the queue_depth of ata devices via sysfs
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Allow expander table-to-table attachments for
expanders that support it.
Signed-off-by: Luben Tuikov <ltuikov@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Four cpufreq-like governors are provided as examples.
powersave: use the lowest frequency possible. The user (device) should
set the polling_ms as 0 because polling is useless for this governor.
performance: use the highest freqeuncy possible. The user (device)
should set the polling_ms as 0 because polling is useless for this
governor.
userspace: use the user specified frequency stored at
devfreq.user_set_freq. With sysfs support in the following patch, a user
may set the value with the sysfs interface.
simple_ondemand: simplified version of cpufreq's ondemand governor.
When a user updates OPP entries (enable/disable/add), OPP framework
automatically notifies devfreq to update operating frequency
accordingly. Thus, devfreq users (device drivers) do not need to update
devfreq manually with OPP entry updates or set polling_ms for powersave
, performance, userspace, or any other "static" governors.
Note that these are given only as basic examples for governors and any
devices with devfreq may implement their own governors with the drivers
and use them.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@ti.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
With OPPs, a device may have multiple operable frequency and voltage
sets. However, there can be multiple possible operable sets and a system
will need to choose one from them. In order to reduce the power
consumption (by reducing frequency and voltage) without affecting the
performance too much, a Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling (DVFS)
scheme may be used.
This patch introduces the DVFS capability to non-CPU devices with OPPs.
DVFS is a techique whereby the frequency and supplied voltage of a
device is adjusted on-the-fly. DVFS usually sets the frequency as low
as possible with given conditions (such as QoS assurance) and adjusts
voltage according to the chosen frequency in order to reduce power
consumption and heat dissipation.
The generic DVFS for devices, devfreq, may appear quite similar with
/drivers/cpufreq. However, cpufreq does not allow to have multiple
devices registered and is not suitable to have multiple heterogenous
devices with different (but simple) governors.
Normally, DVFS mechanism controls frequency based on the demand for
the device, and then, chooses voltage based on the chosen frequency.
devfreq also controls the frequency based on the governor's frequency
recommendation and let OPP pick up the pair of frequency and voltage
based on the recommended frequency. Then, the chosen OPP is passed to
device driver's "target" callback.
When PM QoS is going to be used with the devfreq device, the device
driver should enable OPPs that are appropriate with the current PM QoS
requests. In order to do so, the device driver may call opp_enable and
opp_disable at the notifier callback of PM QoS so that PM QoS's
update_target() call enables the appropriate OPPs. Note that at least
one of OPPs should be enabled at any time; be careful when there is a
transition.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@ti.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
* 'irq-urgent-for-linus' of git://tesla.tglx.de/git/linux-2.6-tip:
irq: Fix check for already initialized irq_domain in irq_domain_add
irq: Add declaration of irq_domain_simple_ops to irqdomain.h
* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://tesla.tglx.de/git/linux-2.6-tip:
x86/rtc: Don't recursively acquire rtc_lock
* 'sched-urgent-for-linus' of git://tesla.tglx.de/git/linux-2.6-tip:
posix-cpu-timers: Cure SMP wobbles
sched: Fix up wchan borkage
sched/rt: Migrate equal priority tasks to available CPUs
The patch enables to register notifier_block for an OPP-device in order
to get notified for any changes in the availability of OPPs of the
device. For example, if a new OPP is inserted or enable/disable status
of an OPP is changed, the notifier is executed.
This enables the usage of opp_add, opp_enable, and opp_disable to
directly take effect with any connected entities such as cpufreq or
devfreq.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering
the powersave handling has gotten quite complex.
Add a section to the documentation to explain it
for anyone wanting to implement it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When adding a TDLS peer STA, mark it with a new flag in both nl80211 and
mac80211. Before adding a peer, make sure the wiphy supports TDLS and
our operating mode is appropriate (managed).
In addition, make sure all peers are removed on disassociation.
A TDLS peer is first added just before link setup is initiated. In later
setup stages we have more info about peer supported rates, capabilities,
etc. This info is reported via nl80211_set_station().
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Register and implement the TDLS cfg80211 callback functions.
Internally prepare and send TDLS management frames. We incorporate
local STA capabilities and supported rates with extra IEs given by
usermode. The resulting packet is either encapsulated in a data frame,
or assembled as an action frame. It is transmitted either directly or
through the AP, as mandated by the TDLS specification.
Declare support for the TDLS external setup wiphy capability. This
tells usermode to handle link setup and discovery on its own, and use the
kernel driver for sending TDLS mgmt packets.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make report_iommu_fault() return -ENOSYS whenever an iommu fault
handler isn't installed, so IOMMU drivers can then do their own
platform-specific default behavior if they wanted.
Fault handlers can still return -ENOSYS in case they want to elicit the
default behavior of the IOMMU drivers.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
overlay_info struct, used to configure overlays, currently includes both
physical and virtual addresses for the pixels. The vaddr was added to
support more exotic configurations where CPU would be used to update a
display, but it is not currently used and there has been no interest in
the feature. Using CPU to update a screen is also less interesting now
that OMAP4 has two LCD outputs.
This patch removes the vaddr field, and modifies the users of omapdss
accordingly. This makes the use of omapdss a bit simpler, as the user
doesn't need to think if it needs to give the vaddr.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
This is a driver for N800's display, ported from the old omapfb. This is
a slightly lighter version of the driver as not all features of the old
driver can be ported without big changes to DSS2, and also because some
of the HW features used in the old driver are unclear (e.g. the power
management part).
That said, the new driver works fine for basic use.
Architecturally the driver is not as neat as it could be. N800's display
HW consists of a display buffer chip and a panel, and ideally they would
be represented by separate, independent drivers. This is not currently
possible, and this driver contains both buffer chip and panel driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Taal panel driver supports two kinds of backlight control: 1) using DSI
commands sent to the panel to control the backlight, 2) calling function
pointers going to the board file to control the backlight.
The second option is a bit hacky, and will no longer be needed when the
PWM driver supports the backlight features. After that we can use the
standard PWM backlight driver.
This patch removes the second backlight control mechanism, and adds a
boolean field, use_dsi_backlight, to nokia_dsi_panel_data which the
board file can use to inform whether the panel driver should use DSI
commands to control the backlight.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
We have currently panel-generic-dpi driver, which is a combined driver
for dummy panels and also for DVI output.
The aim is to split the panel-generic-dpi into two, one for fixed size
dummy panels connected via DPI, and the other (this) for variable
resolution output which supports DDC channel (in practice a DVI framer
chip connected to DPI output).
Original i2c code by: Ricardo Salveti de Araujo
<ricardo.salveti@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
regn divider is currently programmed to the registers without change,
but when calculating clock frequencies it is used as regn+1.
To make this similar to how DSI handles the dividers this patch changes
the regn value to be used as such for calculations, but the value
programmed to registers is regn-1.
This simplifies the clock frequency calculations, makes it similar to
DSI, and also allows us to use regn value 0 as undefined.
Cc: Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add initial support for DSI video mode panels:
- Add a new structure omap_dss_dsi_videomode_data in the member "panel" in
omap_dss_device struct. This allows panel driver to configure dsi video_mode
specific parameters.
- Configure basic DSI video mode timing parameters: HBP, HFP, HSA, VBP, VFP, VSA,
TL and VACT.
- Configure DSI protocol engine registers for video_mode support.
- Introduce functions dsi_video_mode_enable() and dsi_video_mode_disable() which
enable/disable video mode for a given virtual channel and a given pixel format
type.
Things left for later
- Add functions to check for errors in video mode timings provided by panel.
- Configure timing registers required for command mode interleaving.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Currently, DSI pixel info is only represented by the pixel size in bits using
the pixel_size parameter in omap_dss_device struct's ctrl member.
This is not sufficient information for DSI video mode usage, as two of the
supported formats(RGB666 loosely packed, and RGB888) have the same pixel
container size, but different data_type values for the video mode packet header.
Create enum "omap_dss_dsi_pixel_format" which describes the pixel data format
the panel is configured for. Create helper function dsi_get_pixel_size() which
returns the pixel size of the given pixel format.
Modify functions omapdss_default_get_recommended_bpp() and dss_use_replication()
to use dsi_get_pixel_size().
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Introduce read functions which use generic Processor-to-Peripheral
transaction types. These are needed by some devices which may not support
corresponding DCS commands.
Add function dsi_vc_generic_send_read_request() which can send
a short packet with 0, 1 or 2 bytes of request data and the corresponding
generic data type.
Rename function dsi_vc_dcs_read_rx_fifo() to dsi_vc_read_rx_fifo() and modify
it to take the enum "dss_dsi_content_type" as an argument to use either DCS
or GENERIC Peripheral-to-Processor transaction types while parsing data read
from the device.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Remove functions dsi_vc_dcs_read_1() and dsi_vc_dcs_read_2(), these are used
when the panel is expected to return 1 and 2 bytes respecitvely. This was manily
used for debugging purposes. These functions should be implemented in the panel
driver if needed.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Intoduce enum "dss_dsi_content_type" to differentiate between DCS and generic
content types.
Introduce short and long packet write functions which use generic
Processor-to-Peripheral transaction types. These are needed by some devices
which may not support corresponding DCS commands. Create common write functions
which allow code reuse between DCS and generic write functions.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Create an enum for DSI operation modes, use this to set the capabilities of the
device in dsi_init_display().
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA and OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_PRE_MULT_ALPHA to
overlay capabilities. Use these instead of FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA,
FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA_VID1 and FEAT_PRE_MULT_ALPHA in code.
Remove FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA_VID1 and FEAT_PRE_MULT_ALPHA which are no
longer used. FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA is still used to decide if the HW has
global alpha register.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Remove support for non-DISPC overlays and overlay managers.
The support to possibly have non-DISPC overlays and managers was made to
make it possible to use CPU and/or sDMA to update RFBI or DSI command
mode displays. It is ok to remove the support, because:
- No one has used the feature.
- Display update without DISPC is very slow, so it is debatable if the
update would even be usable.
- Removal cleans up code.
- If such a feature is needed later, it is better implemented outside
omapdss driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Currently when changing the manager of an overlay, set_manager() directly
calls dispc to set the overlay's destination.
Change this to be more in line with other overlay configurations, and
this will also remove the need to have dispc clocks enabled when calling
set_manager().
A new field is added to overlay struct, "manager_changed". This is
similar to "display_changed" field in manager struct, and is used to
inform apply that the manager has changed and thus write to the
registers is needed.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
dsi_mux_pads() needs to know about the DSI HW module and the DSI lanes
used. Split the function into two, enable and disable, which take
necessary arguments, and add empty implementations for both.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Ensure we've got a function so users can enable/disable the
cache bypass option.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
David reported:
Attached below is a watered-down version of rt/tst-cpuclock2.c from
GLIBC. Just build it with "gcc -o test test.c -lpthread -lrt" or
similar.
Run it several times, and you will see cases where the main thread
will measure a process clock difference before and after the nanosleep
which is smaller than the cpu-burner thread's individual thread clock
difference. This doesn't make any sense since the cpu-burner thread
is part of the top-level process's thread group.
I've reproduced this on both x86-64 and sparc64 (using both 32-bit and
64-bit binaries).
For example:
[davem@boricha build-x86_64-linux]$ ./test
process: before(0.001221967) after(0.498624371) diff(497402404)
thread: before(0.000081692) after(0.498316431) diff(498234739)
self: before(0.001223521) after(0.001240219) diff(16698)
[davem@boricha build-x86_64-linux]$
The diff of 'process' should always be >= the diff of 'thread'.
I make sure to wrap the 'thread' clock measurements the most tightly
around the nanosleep() call, and that the 'process' clock measurements
are the outer-most ones.
---
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <pthread.h>
static pthread_barrier_t barrier;
static void *chew_cpu(void *arg)
{
pthread_barrier_wait(&barrier);
while (1)
__asm__ __volatile__("" : : : "memory");
return NULL;
}
int main(void)
{
clockid_t process_clock, my_thread_clock, th_clock;
struct timespec process_before, process_after;
struct timespec me_before, me_after;
struct timespec th_before, th_after;
struct timespec sleeptime;
unsigned long diff;
pthread_t th;
int err;
err = clock_getcpuclockid(0, &process_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
err = pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_self(), &my_thread_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
pthread_barrier_init(&barrier, NULL, 2);
err = pthread_create(&th, NULL, chew_cpu, NULL);
if (err)
return 1;
err = pthread_getcpuclockid(th, &th_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
pthread_barrier_wait(&barrier);
err = clock_gettime(process_clock, &process_before);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(my_thread_clock, &me_before);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(th_clock, &th_before);
if (err)
return 1;
sleeptime.tv_sec = 0;
sleeptime.tv_nsec = 500000000;
nanosleep(&sleeptime, NULL);
err = clock_gettime(th_clock, &th_after);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(my_thread_clock, &me_after);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(process_clock, &process_after);
if (err)
return 1;
diff = process_after.tv_nsec - process_before.tv_nsec;
printf("process: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
process_before.tv_sec, process_before.tv_nsec,
process_after.tv_sec, process_after.tv_nsec, diff);
diff = th_after.tv_nsec - th_before.tv_nsec;
printf("thread: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
th_before.tv_sec, th_before.tv_nsec,
th_after.tv_sec, th_after.tv_nsec, diff);
diff = me_after.tv_nsec - me_before.tv_nsec;
printf("self: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
me_before.tv_sec, me_before.tv_nsec,
me_after.tv_sec, me_after.tv_nsec, diff);
return 0;
}
This is due to us using p->se.sum_exec_runtime in
thread_group_cputime() where we iterate the thread group and sum all
data. This does not take time since the last schedule operation (tick
or otherwise) into account. We can cure this by using
task_sched_runtime() at the cost of having to take locks.
This also means we can (and must) do away with
thread_group_sched_runtime() since the modified thread_group_cputime()
is now more accurate and would deadlock when called from
thread_group_sched_runtime().
Aside of that it makes the function safe on 32 bit systems. The old
code added t->se.sum_exec_runtime unprotected. sum_exec_runtime is a
64bit value and could be changed on another cpu at the same time.
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1314874459.7945.22.camel@twins
Tested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add a macro of_match_ptr() that allows the .of_match_table
entry in the driver structures to be assigned without having
an #ifdef xxx NULL for the case that OF is not enabled
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Add to the dev_state and alloc_async structures the user namespace
corresponding to the uid and euid. Pass these to kill_pid_info_as_uid(),
which can then implement a proper, user-namespace-aware uid check.
Changelog:
Sep 20: Per Oleg's suggestion: Instead of caching and passing user namespace,
uid, and euid each separately, pass a struct cred.
Sep 26: Address Alan Stern's comments: don't define a struct cred at
usbdev_open(), and take and put a cred at async_completed() to
ensure it lasts for the duration of kill_pid_info_as_cred().
Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Replace calls to the Xen-specific xen_alloc_vm_area() and
xen_free_vm_area() functions with the generic equivalent
(alloc_vm_area() and free_vm_area()).
On x86, these were identical already.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Allow the xen balloon driver to populate its list of extra pages from
more than one region of memory. This will allow platforms to provide
(for example) a region of low memory and a region of high memory.
The maximum possible number of extra regions is 128 (== E820MAX) which
is quite large so xen_extra_mem is placed in __initdata. This is safe
as both xen_memory_setup() and balloon_init() are in __init.
The balloon regions themselves are not altered (i.e., there is still
only the one region).
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
In xen_memory_setup() pages that occur in gaps in the memory map are
released back to Xen. This reduces the domain's current page count in
the hypervisor. The Xen balloon driver does not correctly decrease
its initial current_pages count to reflect this. If 'delta' pages are
released and the target is adjusted the resulting reservation is
always 'delta' less than the requested target.
This affects dom0 if the initial allocation of pages overlaps the PCI
memory region but won't affect most domU guests that have been setup
with pseudo-physical memory maps that don't have gaps.
Fix this by accouting for the released pages when starting the balloon
driver.
If the domain's targets are managed by xapi, the domain may eventually
run out of memory and die because xapi currently gets its target
calculations wrong and whenever it is restarted it always reduces the
target by 'delta'.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
If we want to use granted pages for AIO, changing the mappings of a user
vma and the corresponding p2m is not enough, we also need to update the
kernel mappings accordingly.
Currently this is only needed for pages that are created for user usages
through /dev/xen/gntdev. As in, pages that have been in use by the
kernel and use the P2M will not need this special mapping.
However there are no guarantees that in the future the kernel won't
start accessing pages through the 1:1 even for internal usage.
In order to avoid the complexity of dealing with highmem, we allocated
the pages lowmem.
We issue a HYPERVISOR_grant_table_op right away in
m2p_add_override and we remove the mappings using another
HYPERVISOR_grant_table_op in m2p_remove_override.
Considering that m2p_add_override and m2p_remove_override are called
once per page we use multicalls and hypercall batching.
Use the kmap_op pointer directly as argument to do the mapping as it is
guaranteed to be present up until the unmapping is done.
Before issuing any unmapping multicalls, we need to make sure that the
mapping has already being done, because we need the kmap->handle to be
set correctly.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
[v1: Removed GRANT_FRAME_BIT usage]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Add an highmem parameter to alloc_xenballooned_pages, to allow callers to
request lowmem or highmem pages.
Fix the code style of free_xenballooned_pages' prototype.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Commit 7765be (Fix RCU_BOOST race handling current->rcu_read_unlock_special)
introduced a new ->rcu_boosted field in the task structure. This is
redundant because the existing ->rcu_boost_mutex will be non-NULL at
any time that ->rcu_boosted is nonzero. Therefore, this commit removes
->rcu_boosted and tests ->rcu_boost_mutex instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
We only need to constrain the compiler if we are actually exiting
the top-level RCU read-side critical section. This commit therefore
moves the first barrier() cal in __rcu_read_unlock() to inside the
"if" statement, thus avoiding needless register flushes for inner
rcu_read_unlock() calls.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The differences between rcu_assign_pointer() and RCU_INIT_POINTER() are
subtle, and it is easy to use the the cheaper RCU_INIT_POINTER() when
the more-expensive rcu_assign_pointer() should have been used instead.
The consequences of this mistake are quite severe.
This commit therefore carefully lays out the situations in which it it
permissible to use RCU_INIT_POINTER().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Recent changes to gcc give warning messages on rcu_assign_pointers()'s
checks that allow it to determine when it is OK to omit the memory
barrier. Stephen Hemminger tried a number of gcc tricks to silence
this warning, but #pragmas and CPP macros do not work together in the
way that would be required to make this work.
However, we now have RCU_INIT_POINTER(), which already omits this
memory barrier, and which therefore may be used when assigning NULL to
an RCU-protected pointer that is accessible to readers. This commit
therefore makes rcu_assign_pointer() unconditionally emit the memory
barrier.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
RCU no longer uses this global variable, nor does anyone else. This
commit therefore removes this variable. This reduces memory footprint
and also removes some atomic instructions and memory barriers from
the dyntick-idle path.
Signed-off-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The rcu_dereference_bh_protected() and rcu_dereference_sched_protected()
macros are synonyms for rcu_dereference_protected() and are not used
anywhere in mainline. This commit therefore removes them.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Add trace events to record grace-period start and end, quiescent states,
CPUs noticing grace-period start and end, grace-period initialization,
call_rcu() invocation, tasks blocking in RCU read-side critical sections,
tasks exiting those same critical sections, force_quiescent_state()
detection of dyntick-idle and offline CPUs, CPUs entering and leaving
dyntick-idle mode (except from NMIs), CPUs coming online and going
offline, and CPUs being kicked for staying in dyntick-idle mode for too
long (as in many weeks, even on 32-bit systems).
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
rcu: Add the rcu flavor to callback trace events
The earlier trace events for registering RCU callbacks and for invoking
them did not include the RCU flavor (rcu_bh, rcu_preempt, or rcu_sched).
This commit adds the RCU flavor to those trace events.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This patch #ifdefs TINY_RCU kthreads out of the kernel unless RCU_BOOST=y,
thus eliminating context-switch overhead if RCU priority boosting has
not been configured.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Add event-trace markers to TREE_RCU kthreads to allow including these
kthread's CPU time in the utilization calculations.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Add a string to the rcu_batch_start() and rcu_batch_end() trace
messages that indicates the RCU type ("rcu_sched", "rcu_bh", or
"rcu_preempt"). The trace messages for the actual invocations
themselves are not marked, as it should be clear from the
rcu_batch_start() and rcu_batch_end() events before and after.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This commit adds the trace_rcu_utilization() marker that is to be
used to allow postprocessing scripts compute RCU's CPU utilization,
give or take event-trace overhead. Note that we do not include RCU's
dyntick-idle interface because event tracing requires RCU protection,
which is not available in dyntick-idle mode.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
There was recently some controversy about the overhead of invoking RCU
callbacks. Add TRACE_EVENT()s to obtain fine-grained timings for the
start and stop of a batch of callbacks and also for each callback invoked.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Pull the code that waits for an RCU grace period into a single function,
which is then called by synchronize_rcu() and friends in the case of
TREE_RCU and TREE_PREEMPT_RCU, and from rcu_barrier() and friends in
the case of TINY_RCU and TINY_PREEMPT_RCU.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Take a first step towards untangling Linux kernel header files by
placing the struct rcu_head definition into include/linux/types.h
and including include/linux/types.h in include/linux/rcupdate.h
where struct rcu_head used to be defined. The actual inclusion point
for include/linux/types.h is with the rest of the #include directives
rather than at the point where struct rcu_head used to be defined,
as suggested by Mathieu Desnoyers.
Once this is in place, then header files that need only rcu_head
can include types.h rather than rcupdate.h.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Long ago, using TREE_RCU with PREEMPT would result in "scheduling
while atomic" diagnostics if you blocked in an RCU read-side critical
section. However, PREEMPT now implies TREE_PREEMPT_RCU, which defeats
this diagnostic. This commit therefore adds a replacement diagnostic
based on PROVE_RCU.
Because rcu_lockdep_assert() and lockdep_rcu_dereference() are now being
used for things that have nothing to do with rcu_dereference(), rename
lockdep_rcu_dereference() to lockdep_rcu_suspicious() and add a third
argument that is a string indicating what is suspicious. This third
argument is passed in from a new third argument to rcu_lockdep_assert().
Update all calls to rcu_lockdep_assert() to add an informative third
argument.
Also, add a pair of rcu_lockdep_assert() calls from within
rcu_note_context_switch(), one complaining if a context switch occurs
in an RCU-bh read-side critical section and another complaining if a
context switch occurs in an RCU-sched read-side critical section.
These are present only if the PROVE_RCU kernel parameter is enabled.
Finally, fix some checkpatch whitespace complaints in lockdep.c.
Again, you must enable PROVE_RCU to see these new diagnostics. But you
are enabling PROVE_RCU to check out new RCU uses in any case, aren't you?
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The IEEE 1588 standard defines two kinds of messages, event and general
messages. Event messages require time stamping, and general do not. When
using UDP transport, two separate ports are used for the two message
types.
The BPF designed to recognize event messages incorrectly classifies L2
general messages as event messages. This commit fixes the issue by
extending the filter to check the message type field for L2 PTP packets.
Event messages are be distinguished from general messages by testing
the "general" bit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an event to monitor comm value changes of tasks. Such an event
becomes vital, if someone desires to control threads of a process in
different manner.
A natural characteristic of threads is its comm value, and helpfully
application developers have an opportunity to change it in runtime.
Reporting about such events via proc connector allows to fine-grain
monitoring and control potentials, for instance a process control daemon
listening to proc connector and following comm value policies can place
specific threads to assigned cgroup partitions.
It might be possible to achieve a pale partial one-shot likeness without
this update, if an application changes comm value of a thread generator
task beforehand, then a new thread is cloned, and after that proc
connector listener gets the fork event and reads new thread's comm value
from procfs stat file, but this change visibly simplifies and extends the
matter.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vzapolskiy@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 7361c36c52 (af_unix: Allow credentials to work across
user and pid namespaces) af_unix performance dropped a lot.
This is because we now take a reference on pid and cred in each write(),
and release them in read(), usually done from another process,
eventually from another cpu. This triggers false sharing.
# Events: 154K cycles
#
# Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
# ........ ....... .................. .........................
#
10.40% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] put_pid
8.60% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_recvmsg
7.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_sendmsg
6.11% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] do_raw_spin_lock
4.95% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_scm_to_skb
4.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] pid_nr_ns
4.34% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] cred_to_ucred
2.39% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_destruct_scm
2.24% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sub_preempt_count
1.75% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] fget_light
1.51% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k]
__mutex_lock_interruptible_slowpath
1.42% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sock_alloc_send_pskb
This patch includes SCM_CREDENTIALS information in a af_unix message/skb
only if requested by the sender, [man 7 unix for details how to include
ancillary data using sendmsg() system call]
Note: This might break buggy applications that expected SCM_CREDENTIAL
from an unaware write() system call, and receiver not using SO_PASSCRED
socket option.
If SOCK_PASSCRED is set on source or destination socket, we still
include credentials for mere write() syscalls.
Performance boost in hackbench : more than 50% gain on a 16 thread
machine (2 quad-core cpus, 2 threads per core)
hackbench 20 thread 2000
4.228 sec instead of 9.102 sec
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the TSC-40 serial touchscreen driver and should be
compatible with TSC-10 and TSC-25.
The driver was written by Linutronix on behalf of Bachmann electronic GmbH.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Export the default mmap function, snd_pcm_lib_default_mmap().
The upcoming non-snooping support in HD-audio driver will use this
to override the mmap method.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
For almost all machines the DAI format is a constant, always set to the
same thing. This means that not only should we normally set it on init
rather than in hw_params() (where it has been for historical reasons) we
should also allow users to configure this by setting a variable in the
dai_link structure. The combination of these two will make many machine
drivers even more data driven.
Implement a new dai_fmt field in the dai_link doing just that. Since 0 is
a valid value for many format flags and we need to be able to tell if the
field is actually set also add one to all the values used to configure
formats.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Use sk_buff fragment capabilities to link together incoming skbs
instead of allocating a new skb for reassembly and copying.
The new reassembly code works equally well for ERTM and streaming
mode, so there is now one reassembly function instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch introduces 3 trace points to prepare for tracing
rpm_idle/rpm_suspend/rpm_resume functions, so we can use these
trace points to replace the current dev_dbg().
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Correct comment errors, that mistake cpu partial objects number as pages
number, may make reader misunderstand.
Signed-off-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Protect 'cb' and 'cb_context' arguments in nci_data_exchange.
In fact, this implements a queue with max length of 1 data
exchange transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rename struct tcp_skb_cb "flags" to "tcp_flags" to ease code review and
maintenance.
Its content is a combination of FIN/SYN/RST/PSH/ACK/URG/ECE/CWR flags
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are numerous broken references to Documentation files (in other
Documentation files, in comments, etc.). These broken references are
caused by typo's in the references, and by renames or removals of the
Documentation files. Some broken references are simply odd.
Fix these broken references, sometimes by dropping the irrelevant text
they were part of.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
That flag no longer makes sense, since we don't look up automount points
as eagerly any more. Additionally, it turns out that the NO_AUTOMOUNT
handling was buggy to begin with: it would avoid automounting even for
cases where we really *needed* to do the automount handling, and could
return ENOENT for autofs entries that hadn't been instantiated yet.
With our new non-eager automount semantics, one discussion has been
about adding a AT_AUTOMOUNT flag to vfs_fstatat (and thus the
newfstatat() and fstatat64() system calls), but it's probably not worth
it: you can always force at least directory automounting by simply
adding the final '/' to the filename, which works for *all* of the stat
family system calls, old and new.
So AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT (and thus LOOKUP_NO_AUTOMOUNT) really were just a
result of our bad default behavior.
Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
As discussed previously, there's the need on some platforms to run some
parts of clk_enable() in contexts which can schedule. The solution
which was agreed upon was to provide clk_prepare() and clk_unprepare()
to contain this parts, while clk_enable() and clk_disable() perform
the atomic part.
This patch provides a common definition for clk_prepare() and
clk_unprepare() in linux/clk.h, and provides an upgrade path for
existing implementation and drivers: drivers can start using
clk_prepare() and clk_unprepare() once this patch is merged without
having to wait for platform support. Platforms can then start to
provide these additional functions.
Eventually, HAVE_CLK_PREPARE will be removed from the kernel, and
everyone will have to provide these new APIs.
Acked-by: Saravana Kannan <skannan@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
struct tcp_skb_cb contains a "flags" field containing either tcp flags
or IP dsfield depending on context (input or output path)
Introduce ip_dsfield to make the difference clear and ease maintenance.
If later we want to save space, we can union flags/ip_dsfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with a new ADSL box at home, I discovered that ECN
blackhole can trigger suboptimal quickack mode on linux : We send one
ACK for each incoming data frame, without any delay and eventual
piggyback.
This is because TCP_ECN_check_ce() considers that if no ECT is seen on a
segment, this is because this segment was a retransmit.
Refine this heuristic and apply it only if we seen ECT in a previous
segment, to detect ECN blackhole at IP level.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
CC: Jim Gettys <jg@freedesktop.org>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we've now turned around and made LOOKUP_FOLLOW *not* force an
automount, we want to add the ability to force an automount event on
lookup even if we don't happen to have one of the other flags that force
it implicitly (LOOKUP_OPEN, LOOKUP_DIRECTORY, LOOKUP_PARENT..)
Most cases will never want to use this, since you'd normally want to
delay automounting as long as possible, which usually implies
LOOKUP_OPEN (when we open a file or directory, we really cannot avoid
the automount any more).
But Trond argued sufficiently forcefully that at a minimum bind mounting
a file and quotactl will want to force the automount lookup. Some other
cases (like nfs_follow_remote_path()) could use it too, although
LOOKUP_DIRECTORY would work there as well.
This commit just adds the flag and logic, no users yet, though. It also
doesn't actually touch the LOOKUP_NO_AUTOMOUNT flag that is related, and
was made irrelevant by the same change that made us not follow on
LOOKUP_FOLLOW.
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Cc: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Greg KH <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If the device pass the USB2 software LPM and the host supports hardware
LPM, enable hardware LPM for the device to let the host decide when to
put the link into lower power state.
If hardware LPM is enabled for a port and driver wants to put it into
suspend, it must first disable hardware LPM, resume the port into U0,
and then suspend the port.
Signed-off-by: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Check device's LPM capability by examining the bmAttibutes field of the
USB2.0 Extension Descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This commit gets BOS(Binary Device Object Store) descriptor set for Super
Speed devices and High Speed devices which support BOS descriptor.
BOS descriptor is used to report additional USB device-level capabilities
that are not reported via the Device descriptor. By getting BOS descriptor
set, driver can check device's device-level capability such as LPM
capability.
Signed-off-by: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The IEEE 1588 standard (PTP) has a provision for a "one step" mode, where
time stamps on outgoing event packets are inserted into the packet by the
hardware on the fly. This patch adds a new flag for the SIOCSHWTSTAMP
ioctl that lets user space programs request this mode.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct pm_domain_data data type is defined in such a way that
adding new fields specific to the generic PM domains code will
require include/linux/pm.h to be modified. As a result, data types
used only by the generic PM domains code will be defined in two
headers, although they all should be defined in pm_domain.h and
pm.h will need to include more headers, which won't be very nice.
For this reason change the definition of struct pm_subsys_data
so that its domain_data member is a pointer, which will allow
struct pm_domain_data to be subclassed by various PM domains
implementations. Remove the need_restore member from
struct pm_domain_data and make the generic PM domains code
subclass it by adding the need_restore member to the new data type.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Merge commit e8b364b88c
(PM / Clocks: Do not acquire a mutex under a spinlock) fixing
a regression in drivers/base/power/clock_ops.c.
Conflicts:
drivers/base/power/clock_ops.c
This patches implements the xen_platform_op hypercall, to pass the parsed
ACPI info to hypervisor.
Signed-off-by: Yu Ke <ke.yu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tian Kevin <kevin.tian@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
[v1: Added DEFINE_GUEST.. in appropiate headers]
[v2: Ripped out typedefs]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
As mentioned by http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/device/input/DigitizerDrvs_touch.mspx
multitouch devices are those that have the input report HID_CONTACTID.
This patch detects this and unloads the generic-usb driver.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@enac.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
We had need to see the difference between scheduling a runnable task and
a runnable task being involuntarily preempted.
No app should rely on the old string output (the binary
trace event record format is not changed).
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1316164603.10174.11.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
If optional discard support in dm-crypt is enabled, discards requests
bypass the crypt queue and blocks of the underlying device are discarded.
For the read path, discarded blocks are handled the same as normal
ciphertext blocks, thus decrypted.
So if the underlying device announces discarded regions return zeroes,
dm-crypt must disable this flag because after decryption there is just
random noise instead of zeroes.
Signed-off-by: Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
If simultaneous NMIs happen, we're supposed to queue the second
and next (collapsing them), but currently we sometimes collapse
the second into the first.
Fix by using a counter for pending NMIs instead of a bool; since
the counter limit depends on whether the processor is currently
in an NMI handler, which can only be checked in vcpu context
(via the NMI mask), we add a new KVM_REQ_NMI to request recalculation
of the counter.
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
The use of printk_ratelimit is discouraged, replace it with
pr*_ratelimited or __ratelimit. While at it, convert remaining
guest-triggerable printks to rate-limited variants.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Now that Book3S PV mode can also run PAPR guests, we can add a PAPR cap and
enable it for all Book3S targets. Enabling that CAP switches KVM into PAPR
mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Until now, we always set HIOR based on the PVR, but this is just wrong.
Instead, we should be setting HIOR explicitly, so user space can decide
what the initial HIOR value is - just like on real hardware.
We keep the old PVR based way around for backwards compatibility, but
once user space uses the SREGS based method, we drop the PVR logic.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently the method of dealing with an IO operation on a bus (PIO/MMIO)
is to call the read or write callback for each device registered
on the bus until we find a device which handles it.
Since the number of devices on a bus can be significant due to ioeventfds
and coalesced MMIO zones, this leads to a lot of overhead on each IO
operation.
Instead of registering devices, we now register ranges which points to
a device. Lookup is done using an efficient bsearch instead of a linear
search.
Performance test was conducted by comparing exit count per second with
200 ioeventfds created on one byte and the guest is trying to access a
different byte continuously (triggering usermode exits).
Before the patch the guest has achieved 259k exits per second, after the
patch the guest does 274k exits per second.
Cc: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
This patch changes coalesced mmio to create one mmio device per
zone instead of handling all zones in one device.
Doing so enables us to take advantage of existing locking and prevents
a race condition between coalesced mmio registration/unregistration
and lookups.
Suggested-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
The patch raises the hard limit of VCPU count to 254.
This will allow developers to easily work on scalability
and will allow users to test high VCPU setups easily without
patching the kernel.
To prevent possible issues with current setups, KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS
now returns the recommended VCPU limit (which is still 64) - this
should be a safe value for everybody, while a new KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS
returns the hard limit which is now 254.
Cc: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Suggested-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
There is no need to put the IRQ number in driver's private platform
data structure as this can also be passed in struct i2c_lient.irq.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Switch to generic media bus signal polarity flags and allow
configuring the FIELD signal polarity.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
FIELD signal is used for indicating frame field type to the frame grabber
in interlaced scan mode, as specified in ITU-R BT.601 standard.
In normal operation mode FIELD = 0 selects Field1 (odd) and FIELD = 1
selects Field2 (even). When the FIELD signal is inverted it's the other
way around.
Add corresponding flags for configuring the FIELD signal polarity,
V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_HIGH for the standard (non-inverted) case and
V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_LOW for inverted case.
Also add a comment about usage of V4L2_MBUS_[HV]SYNC* flags for
the hardware that uses [HV]REF signals.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The uvcvideo extension unit API requires constants defined in the
video.h header. Add it to the list of includes exported to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
[mchehab@redhat.com: Fix a merge conflict]
Signed-off-by: Igor M. Liplianin <liplianin@netup.ru>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Device drivers that create and destroy SR-IOV virtual functions via
calls to pci_enable_sriov() and pci_disable_sriov can cause catastrophic
failures if they attempt to destroy VFs while they are assigned to
guest virtual machines. By adding a flag for use by the KVM module
to indicate that a device is assigned a device driver can check that
flag and avoid destroying VFs while they are assigned and avoid system
failures.
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Konrad Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The WM1250 EV1 has some GPIOs which can be used to control the behaviour
at runtime. Request them all if supplied and add a set_bias_level()
function to start and stop the clocks.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
During some CPU power modes entered during idle, hotplug and
suspend, peripherals located in the CPU power domain, such as
the GIC, localtimers, and VFP, may be powered down. Add a
notifier chain that allows drivers for those peripherals to
be notified before and after they may be reset.
Notified drivers can include VFP co-processor, interrupt controller
and it's PM extensions, local CPU timers context save/restore which
shouldn't be interrupted. Hence CPU PM event APIs must be called
with interrupts disabled.
Signed-off-by: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Tested-by: Vishwanath BS <vishwanath.bs@ti.com>
The EFR (Enhenced-Features-Register) is located at a different offset
than the other devices supporting UART_CAP_EFR. This change add a special
setup quick to set UPF_EXAR_EFR on the port. UPF_EXAR_EFR is then used to
the port type to PORT_XR17D15X since it is for sure a XR17D15X uart.
Signed-off-by: Søren Holm <sgh@sgh.dk>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Add new xs_reset_watches function to shutdown watches from old kernel after
kexec boot. The old kernel does not unregister all watches in the
shutdown path. They are still active, the double registration can not
be detected by the new kernel. When the watches fire, unexpected events
will arrive and the xenwatch thread will crash (jumps to NULL). An
orderly reboot of a hvm guest will destroy the entire guest with all its
resources (including the watches) before it is rebuilt from scratch, so
the missing unregister is not an issue in that case.
With this change the xenstored is instructed to wipe all active watches
for the guest. However, a patch for xenstored is required so that it
accepts the XS_RESET_WATCHES request from a client (see changeset
23839:42a45baf037d in xen-unstable.hg). Without the patch for xenstored
the registration of watches will fail and some features of a PVonHVM
guest are not available. The guest is still able to boot, but repeated
kexec boots will fail.
[v5: use xs_single instead of passing a dummy string to xs_talkv]
[v4: ignore -EEXIST in xs_reset_watches]
[v3: use XS_RESET_WATCHES instead of XS_INTRODUCE]
[v2: move all code which deals with XS_INTRODUCE into xs_introduce()
(based on feedback from Ian Campbell); remove casts from kvec assignment]
Signed-off-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
[v1: Redid the git description a bit]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Update include/xen/interface/io/xs_wire.h from xen-unstable.
Now entries in xsd_sockmsg_type were added.
Signed-off-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Now that the hypercall interface changes are in -unstable, make the
kernel side code not ignore the segment (aka domain) number anymore
(which results in pretty odd behavior on such systems). Rather, if
only the old interfaces are available, don't call them for devices on
non-zero segments at all.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
[v1: Edited git description]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
The patch adds a couple empty functions for non-dt build, so that
drivers migrating to dt can save some '#ifdef CONFIG_OF'.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
The patch adds function of_alias_scan to populate a global lookup
table with the properties of 'aliases' node and function
of_alias_get_id for drivers to find alias id from the lookup table.
v3: Split out automatic addition of aliases on id lookup so that it can be
debated separately from the core functionality.
v2: - Add of_chosen/of_aliases populating and of_alias_scan() invocation
for OF_PROMTREE.
- Add locking
- rework parse loop
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
* 'for-linus' of git://git390.marist.edu/pub/scm/linux-2.6:
[S390] kvm: extension capability for new address space layout
[S390] kvm: fix address mode switching
The number of times we look at a potentially connected neighbour is just
as important as the number of times we actually recurse into looking at
that neighbour so also collect that statistic.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Use one set of defines for the HS bits, since they are identical in both
control register.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Software only shadow register to be used by the driver.
For example Earpiece path will need this shadow register.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The protocol differs by having two toggle bits in the scancode. Since
one of the bits is otherwise unused, we can safely handle the bits
unconditionally.
[mchehab@redhat.com: Fix some bad whitespacing]
Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The keycode mangling algorithm is kept the same, so the new external
keymap has the same values as the old static table.
[mchehab@redhat.com: Fix some bad whitespacing]
Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This patch adds the DBX500 PRCMU Timer driver as a clocksource
and as sched_clock.
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mattias Wallin <mattias.wallin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Aaberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Patch splits up the blowfish crypto routine into a common part (key setup)
which will be used by blowfish crypto modules (x86_64 assembly and generic-c).
Also fixes errors/warnings reported by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Add SFF-8485 v0.7 / SAS-1 smp-write-gpio register support to libsas.
Defer SAS-2 support unless/until it defines an sgpio interface.
Minimum implementation needed to get the lights blinking.
try_test_sas_gpio_gp_bit() provides a common method to parse the
incoming write data (raw bitstream), and the to_sas_gpio_gp_bit() helper
routine can be used as a basis for the set/clear operations for the
'read' implementation. Host implementations parse as many bits
(ODx.[012]) as are locally supported and report the number of registers
successfully written. If the submitted data overruns the internal
number of registers available report the write as a success with the
number of bytes remaining reported in ->resid_len.
Example (assuming an active backplane) set the "identify" pattern for
the first 21 devices:
smp_write_gpio --count=2 --data=92,49,24,92,24,92,49,24 -t 4 --index=1 /dev/bsg/sas_hostX
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Since commit [e58aa3d2: genirq: Run irq handlers with interrupts disabled],
We run all interrupt handlers with interrupts disabled
and we even check and yell when an interrupt handler
returns with interrupts enabled (see commit [b738a50a:
genirq: Warn when handler enables interrupts]).
So now this flag is a NOOP and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang <yong.zhang0@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
ELD (EDID-Like Data) describes to the HDMI/DP audio driver the audio
capabilities of the plugged monitor.
This adds drm_edid_to_eld() for converting EDID to ELD. The converted
ELD will be saved in a new drm_connector.eld[128] data field. This is
necessary because the graphics driver will need to fixup some of the
data fields (eg. HDMI/DP connection type, AV sync delay) before writing
to the hardware ELD buffer. drm_av_sync_delay() will help the graphics
drivers dynamically compute the AV sync delay for fixing-up the ELD.
ELD selection policy: it's possible for one encoder to be associated
with multiple connectors (ie. monitors), in which case the first found
ELD will be returned by drm_select_eld(). This policy may not be
suitable for all users, but let's start it simple first.
The impact of ELD selection policy: assume there are two monitors, one
supports stereo playback and the other has 8-channel output; cloned
display mode is used, so that the two monitors are associated with the
same internal encoder. If only the stereo playback capability is reported,
the user won't be able to start 8-channel playback; if the 8-channel ELD
is reported, then user space applications may send 8-channel samples
down, however the user may actually be listening to the 2-channel
monitor and not connecting speakers to the 8-channel monitor.
According to James, many TVs will either refuse the display anything or
pop-up an OSD warning whenever they receive hdmi audio which they cannot
handle. Eventually we will require configurability and/or per-monitor
audio control even when the video is cloned.
CC: Zhao Yakui <yakui.zhao@intel.com>
CC: Wang Zhenyu <zhenyu.z.wang@intel.com>
CC: Jeremy Bush <contractfrombelow@gmail.com>
CC: Christopher White <c.white@pulseforce.com>
CC: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@intel.com>
CC: Paul Menzel <paulepanter@users.sourceforge.net>
CC: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com>
CC: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ben Skeggs <bskeggs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block:
floppy: use del_timer_sync() in init cleanup
blk-cgroup: be able to remove the record of unplugged device
block: Don't check QUEUE_FLAG_SAME_COMP in __blk_complete_request
mm: Add comment explaining task state setting in bdi_forker_thread()
mm: Cleanup clearing of BDI_pending bit in bdi_forker_thread()
block: simplify force plug flush code a little bit
block: change force plug flush call order
block: Fix queue_flag update when rq_affinity goes from 2 to 1
block: separate priority boosting from REQ_META
block: remove READ_META and WRITE_META
xen-blkback: fixed indentation and comments
xen-blkback: Don't disconnect backend until state switched to XenbusStateClosed.
The MT9T001 is a parallel 3MP sensor from Aptina (formerly Micron)
controlled through I2C.
The driver creates a V4L2 subdevice. It currently supports binning and
cropping, and the gain, exposure, test pattern and black level controls.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
It is now not needed as the sensor identification is done
through the media controller API.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Hardware Spinlock devices usually contain numerous locks (known
devices today support between 32 to 256 locks).
Originally hwspinlock core required drivers to register (and later,
when needed, unregister) each lock separately.
That worked, but required hwspinlocks drivers to do a bit extra work
when they were probed/removed.
This patch changes hwspin_lock_{un}register() to allow a bank of
hwspinlocks to be {un}registered in a single invocation.
A new 'struct hwspinlock_device', which contains an array of 'struct
hwspinlock's is now being passed to the core upon registration (so
instead of wrapping each struct hwspinlock, a priv member has been added
to allow drivers to piggyback their private data with each hwspinlock).
While at it, several per-lock members were moved to be per-device:
1. struct device *dev
2. struct hwspinlock_ops *ops
In addition, now that the array of locks is handled by the core,
there's no reason to maintain a per-lock 'int id' member: the id of the
lock anyway equals to its index in the bank's array plus the bank's
base_id.
Remove this per-lock id member too, and instead use a simple pointers
arithmetic to derive it.
As a result of this change, hwspinlocks drivers are now simpler and smaller
(about %20 code reduction) and the memory footprint of the hwspinlock
framework is reduced.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
hwspinlock drivers must anyway select CONFIG_HWSPINLOCK,
so there's no point in having register/unregister stubs.
Removing those stubs will only make it easier for developers
to catch CONFIG_HWSPINLOCK mis-.config-urations.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
hwspinlock devices provide system-wide hardware locks that are used
by remote processors that have no other way to achieve synchronization.
To achieve that, each physical lock must have a system-wide id number
that is agreed upon, otherwise remote processors can't possibly assume
they're using the same hardware lock.
Usually boards have a single hwspinlock device, which provides several
hwspinlocks, and in this case, they can be trivially numbered 0 to
(num-of-locks - 1).
In case boards have several hwspinlocks devices, a different base id
should be used for each hwspinlock device (they can't all use 0 as
a starting id!).
While this is certainly not common, it's just plain wrong to just
silently use 0 as a base id whenever the hwspinlock driver is probed.
This patch provides a hwspinlock_pdata structure, that boards can use
to set a different base id for each of the hwspinlock devices they may
have, and demonstrates how to use it with the omap hwspinlock driver.
While we're at it, make sure the hwspinlock core prints an explicit
error message in case an hwspinlock is registered with an id number
that already exists; this will help users catch such base id issues.
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Add management interface events for blocking/unblocking a device.
Sender of the block device command gets cmd complete and other
mgmt sockets get the event. Event is also sent to mgmt sockets when
blocking is done with ioctl, e.g when blocking a device with
hciconfig. This makes it possible for bluetoothd to track status
of blocked devices when a third party block or unblocks a device.
Event sending is handled in mgmt_device_blocked function which gets
called from hci_blacklist_add in hci_core.c. A pending command is
added in mgmt_block_device, so that it can found when sending the
event - the event is not sent to the socket from which the pending
command came. Locks were moved out from hci_core.c to hci_sock.c
and mgmt.c, because locking is needed also for mgmt_pending_add in
mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The function crypto_blkcipher_setkey() called by smp_e()
can sleep, so all the crypto work has to be moved to
hci_dev workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The objective is to make the core to have as little as possible
information about SMP procedures and logic. Now, all the SMP
specific information is hidden from the core.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add command to management interface for enabling/disabling the
fast connectable mode.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
One piece of information that was lost when using the mgmt interface,
was the type of the connection. Using HCI events we used to know
the type of the connection based on the type of the event, e.g.
HCI_LE_Connection_Complete for LE links.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag to indicate that SMP is pending
for that connection. This allows to have information that an SMP
procedure is going on for that connection.
We use the HCI_CONN_ENCRYPT_PEND to indicate that encryption
(HCI_LE_Start_Encryption) is pending for that connection.
While a SMP procedure is going on we hold an reference to the
connection, to avoid disconnections.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This checks if there is any existing connection according to its type
before start iterating in the list and immediately stop iterating when
reaching the number of connections.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The model_id is no longer needed within the platform_data
for the TPA driver since the model of TPA specified
with the device name (tpa6130a2/tpa6140a2).
Also update rx51 (the only affected user) to use the device name rather
than platform data.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Tested-by: Jarkko Nikula <jarkko.nikula@bitmer.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The orginal code does not cover the case that one DAI such as codec
may be shared between other two DAIs(CPU).
When do symmetry checking, altough the codec DAI requires symmetry,
the two CPU DAIs may still be configured to run on different rates.
We change to check each DAI's state separately instead of only checking
the dai link to prevent this issue.
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <b29396@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
One of the longest standing areas for improvement in ASoC has been the
DAPM algorithm - it repeats the same checks many times whenever it is run
and makes no effort to limit the areas of the graph it checks meaning we
do an awful lot of walks over the full graph. This has never mattered too
much as the size of the graph has generally been small in relation to the
size of the devices supported and the speed of CPUs but it is annoying.
In preparation for work on improving this insert a trace point after the
graph walk has been done. This gives us specific timing information for
the walk, and in order to give quantifiable (non-benchmark) numbers also
count every time we check a link or check the power for a widget and report
those numbers. Substantial changes in the algorithm may require tweaks to
the stats but they should be useful for simpler things.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters
correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one
control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other
controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain,
autoexposure and exposure, etc.
If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values
while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile.
gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the
gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing).
The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto
mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or
should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values.
For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then
autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally
the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5?
After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as
calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above).
The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to
the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you
expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old
manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture,
which is jarring for the user.
Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that
store and restore the control values at application exit and start.
If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to
manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold
of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't.
So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go
from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then
g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual
controls before switching to manual mode.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
With the new flag there is no need anymore to have a separate is_volatile
field. Modify all users to use the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add a new VOLATILE control flag that is set for volatile controls.
That way applications know whether the value of the control is volatile
(i.e. can change continuously) or not.
Until now this was an internal property, but it is useful to know in
userspace as well.
A typical use case is the gain value when autogain is on. In that case the
hardware will continuously adjust the gain based various environmental
factors.
This patch just adds and documents the flag, it's not yet used.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The parameter's origin type is long. On an i386 architecture, it can
easily be larger than 0x80000000, causing this function to convert it
to a sign-extended u64 type.
Change the type to unsigned long so we get the correct result.
Signed-off-by: hank <pyu@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
[ build fix ]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
On the platforms which are x2apic and interrupt-remapping
capable, Linux kernel is enabling x2apic even if the BIOS
doesn't. This is to take advantage of the features that x2apic
brings in.
Some of the OEM platforms are running into issues because of
this, as their bios is not x2apic aware. For example, this was
resulting in interrupt migration issues on one of the platforms.
Also if the BIOS SMI handling uses APIC interface to send SMI's,
then the BIOS need to be aware of x2apic mode that OS has
enabled.
On some of these platforms, BIOS doesn't have a HW mechanism to
turnoff the x2apic feature to prevent OS from enabling it.
To resolve this mess, recent changes to the VT-d2 specification:
http://download.intel.com/technology/computing/vptech/Intel(r)_VT_for_Direct_IO.pdf
includes a mechanism that provides BIOS a way to request system
software to opt out of enabling x2apic mode.
Look at the x2apic optout flag in the DMAR tables before
enabling the x2apic mode in the platform. Also print a warning
that we have disabled x2apic based on the BIOS request.
Kernel boot parameter "intremap=no_x2apic_optout" can be used to
override the BIOS x2apic optout request.
Signed-off-by: Youquan Song <youquan.song@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Cc: yinghai@kernel.org
Cc: joerg.roedel@amd.com
Cc: tony.luck@intel.com
Cc: dwmw2@infradead.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20110824001456.171766616@sbsiddha-desk.sc.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Thus spake Andrew Morton:
"And I have the usual maintainability whine. If someone comes up to
vmscan.c and sees it calling blk_start_plug(), how are they supposed to
work out why that call is there? They go look at the blk_start_plug()
definition and it is undocumented. I think we can do better than this?"
Adapted from the LWN article - http://lwn.net/Articles/438256/ by Jens
Axboe and from an earlier attempt by Shaohua Li to document blk-plug.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: grammatical and spelling tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Suresh Jayaraman <sjayaraman@suse.de>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
These functions can be used instead of referencing -EUCLEAN and -EBADMSG
all over the place. They should help make code a little bit more
readable.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
This patch clarifies a few bits of documentation in the header file
for the adxl34x driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Tandy <lkml@mkt.me.uk>
Acked-by: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
hex2bin converts a hexadecimal string to its binary representation.
The original version of hex2bin did not do any error checking. This
patch adds error checking and returns the result.
Changelog v1:
- removed unpack_hex_byte()
- changed return code from boolean to int
Changelog:
- use the new unpack_hex_byte()
- add __must_check compiler option (Andy Shevchenko's suggestion)
- change function API to return error checking result
(based on Tetsuo Handa's initial patch)
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Add IP6_TNL_F_USE_ORIG_FWMARK to ip6_tunnel, so that ip6_tnl_xmit2()
makes a route lookup taking into account skb->fwmark and doesnt cache
lookup result.
This permits more flexibility in policies and firewall setups.
To setup such a tunnel, "fwmark inherit" option should be added to "ip
-f inet6 tunnel" command.
Reported-by: Anders Franzen <Anders.Franzen@ericsson.com>
CC: Hans Schillström <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFC Controller Interface (NCI) is a standard
communication protocol between an NFC Controller (NFCC)
and a Device Host (DH), defined by the NFC Forum.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The file nfc.h was moved from include/net to include/net/nfc,
since new NFC header files will be added to include/net/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 2 new nfc control operations:
dev_up to turn on the nfc device
dev_down to turn off the nfc device
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
598841ca99 ([S390] use gmap address
spaces for kvm guest images) changed kvm on s390 to use a separate
address space for kvm guests. We can now put KVM guests anywhere
in the user address mode with a size up to 8PB - as long as the
memory is 1MB-aligned. This change was done without KVM extension
capability bit.
The change was added after 3.0, but we still have a chance to add
a feature bit before 3.1 (keeping the releases in a sane state).
We use number 71 to avoid collisions with other pending kvm patches
as requested by Alexander Graf.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
The WM5100 is a highly integrated low power audio subsystem with advanced
digital signal processing capabilities including effects, speech clarity
enhancement and active noise cancellation. This initial driver provides
support for basic audio paths, further patches will provide more
complete functionality.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
In systems where there is no hardware signal from the processor to the
PMIC to initiate the final power off sequence we must initiate the
shutdown with a register write to the PMIC. Support such systems in the
driver. Since this may prevent a full shutdown of the system platform
data is used to enable the feature.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
* 'drm-nouveau-next' of git://git.freedesktop.org/git/nouveau/linux-2.6: (353 commits)
drm/nouveau: remove allocations from gart populate() hook
drm/nvc0/fb: slightly improve PMFB intr handling, move out of nvc0_graph.c
drm/nvc0/fifo: avoid touching missing subfifos
drm/nvd9/disp: bail out of mode_set_base if no fb bound to crtc
drm/nvd9/disp: stub some more api hooks so we don't oops on resume
drm/nouveau: fix printk typo in ioremap failure path
drm/nvc0/pm: minor clock readback fixes
drm/nv40/pm: execute memory reset script from vbios
drm/nv50/gr: refactor initialisation
drm/nouveau: if requested, try harder at disabling sysmem pushbufs
drm/nv50/gr: enable ctxprog xfer only when we need it to save power
drm/nouveau/dp: add support for displayport table 0x30
drm/nouveau/dp: return master dp table pointer too when looking up encoder
drm/nouveau/bios: simplify U/d table hash matching func to just match
drm/nouveau/dp: preserve non-pattern bits in DP_TRAINING_PATTERN_SET
drm/nvc0/gr: remove MODULE_FIRMWARE() lines
drm/nouveau/dp: use alternate lane mask for nvaf
drm/nouveau/dp: link rate scripts are selected with a comparison table
drm/nv40/pm: write nv40-specific reclocking routines
drm/nv40/pm: parse geometric delta clock from vbios
...
Add a helper function to allow drivers to disable hardware resampling
when the application has specified the SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAMS_NORESAMPLE
flag.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
We want to override the default value of SD_NODES_PER_DOMAIN on ppc64,
so move it into linux/topology.h.
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
If an architecture sets ARCH_HAS_DMA_GET_REQUIRED_MASK and has settable
dma_map_ops, the required mask may change by the ops implementation.
For example, a system that always has an mmu inline may only require 32
bits while a swiotlb would desire bits to cover all of memory.
Therefore add the field if the architecture does not use the generic
definition of dma_get_required_mask. The first use will by by powerpc.
Note that this does add some dependency on the order in which files are
visible here.
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
There is no need to write to the vio registers at probe time, since most
them either read only, or shared with MFD or not used.
On the other hand it is a good idea to updated the ASICREV register in
the cache at this time.
After power up we need to restore some registers. Clean up the list to
contain only the registers we are going to restore.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
For client driver to use, if they need chip resvision information.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for LZO compression when storing the register
cache.
For a typical device whose register map would normally occupy 25kB or 50kB
by using the LZO compression technique, one can get down to ~5-7kB. There
might be a performance penalty associated with each individual read/write
due to decompressing/compressing the underlying cache, however that should not
be noticeable. These memory benefits depend on whether the target architecture
can get rid of the memory occupied by the original register defaults cache
which is marked as __devinitconst. Nevertheless there will be some memory
gain even if the target architecture can't get rid of the original register
map, this should be around ~30-32kB instead of 50kB.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch adds support for the rbtree cache compression type.
Each rbnode manages a variable length block of registers. There can be no
two nodes with overlapping blocks. Each block has a base register and a
currently top register, all the other registers, if any, lie in between these
two and in ascending order.
The reasoning behind the construction of this rbtree is simple. In the
snd_soc_rbtree_cache_init() function, we iterate over the register defaults
provided by the regcache core. For each register value that is non-zero we
insert it in the rbtree. In order to determine in which rbnode we need
to add the register, we first look if there is another register already
added that is adjacent to the one we are about to add. If that is the case
we append it in that rbnode block, otherwise we create a new rbnode
with a single register in its block and add it to the tree.
There are various optimizations across the implementation to speed up lookups
by caching the most recently used rbnode.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tested-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This is the simplest form of a cache available in regcache. Any
registers whose default value is 0 are ignored. If any of those
registers are modified in the future, they will be placed in the
cache on demand. The cache layout is essentially using the provided
register defaults by the regcache core directly and does not re-map
it to another representation.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch introduces caching support for regmap. The regcache API
has evolved essentially out of ASoC soc-cache so most of the actual
caching types (except LZO) have been tested in the past.
The purpose of regcache is to optimize in time and space the handling
of register caches. Time optimization is achieved by not having to go
over a slow bus like I2C to read the value of a register, instead it is
cached locally in memory and can be retrieved faster. Regarding space
optimization, some of the cache types are better at packing the caches,
for e.g. the rbtree and the LZO caches. By doing this the sacrifice in
time still wins over doing I2C transactions.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tested-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
1. add different clkmux mode handling
SAIF can use two instances to implement full duplex (playback &
recording) and record saif may work on EXTMASTER mode which is
using other saif's BITCLK&LRCLK.
The clkmux mode could be set in pdata->init() in mach-specific code.
For generic saif driver, it only needs to know who is his master
and the master id is also provided in mach-specific code.
2. support playback and capture simutaneously however the sample
rates can not be different due to hw limitation.
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <b29396@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
When debugging tight race conditions, it can be helpful to have a
synchronized tracing method. Although in most cases the global clock
provides this functionality, if timings is not the issue, it is more
comforting to know that the order of events really happened in a precise
order.
Instead of using a clock, add a "counter" that is simply an incrementing
atomic 64bit counter that orders the events as they are perceived to
happen.
The trace_clock_counter() is added from the attempt by Peter Zijlstra
trying to convert the trace_clock_global() to it. I took Peter's counter
code and made trace_clock_counter() instead, and added it to the choice
of clocks. Just echo counter > /debug/tracing/trace_clock to activate
it.
Requested-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Requested-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Reviewed-By: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Untill now, sg_len greater than one is not supported. This patch adds support to
do that.
Note: Still, if peripheral is flow controller, sg_len can't be greater that one.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
On some sh-mobile systems there are more than one DMA controllers, that
can be used for serial ports. Specifying a DMA device in sh-sci platform
data unnecessarily restricts the driver to only use one DMA controller.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
[Fixed the trivial conflict in include/linux/serial_sci.h]
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
commit 946cedccbd (tcp: Change possible SYN flooding messages)
added a build error if CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=n
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.infradead.org/users/sameo/mfd-2.6:
mfd: Fix omap-usb-host build failure
mfd: Make omap-usb-host TLL mode work again
mfd: Set MAX8997 irq pointer
mfd: Fix initialisation of tps65910 interrupts
mfd: Check for twl4030-madc NULL pointer
mfd: Copy the device pointer to the twl4030-madc structure
mfd: Rename wm8350 static gpio_set_debounce()
mfd: Fix value of WM8994_CONFIGURE_GPIO
If there was ever any code that used MEM_ALLOC_THRESHOLD, it was removed a
long time ago.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
The video buffer is not uncached memory-mapped I/O, so don't tag the virtual
address as __iomem. It's also not a u8*.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Remove some unused ioctl commands, and treat those commands as unsupported
instead of ignored.
Also remove struct mfb_alpha, which isn't used by any ioctl. It may have
been once intended for MFB_SET_ALPHA, but that ioctl uses a different
data structure.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
* git://github.com/davem330/net: (62 commits)
ipv6: don't use inetpeer to store metrics for routes.
can: ti_hecc: include linux/io.h
IRDA: Fix global type conflicts in net/irda/irsysctl.c v2
net: Handle different key sizes between address families in flow cache
net: Align AF-specific flowi structs to long
ipv4: Fix fib_info->fib_metrics leak
caif: fix a potential NULL dereference
sctp: deal with multiple COOKIE_ECHO chunks
ibmveth: Fix checksum offload failure handling
ibmveth: Checksum offload is always disabled
ibmveth: Fix issue with DMA mapping failure
ibmveth: Fix DMA unmap error
pch_gbe: support ML7831 IOH
pch_gbe: added the process of FIFO over run error
pch_gbe: fixed the issue which receives an unnecessary packet.
sfc: Use 64-bit writes for TX push where possible
Revert "sfc: Use write-combining to reduce TX latency" and follow-ups
bnx2x: Fix ethtool advertisement
bnx2x: Fix 578xx link LED
bnx2x: Fix XMAC loopback test
...
In a few places in the kernel, the code prints
a human-readable USB device speed (eg. "high speed").
This involves a switch statement sometimes wrapped
around in ({ ... }) block leading to code repetition.
To mitigate this issue, this commit introduces
usb_speed_string() function, which returns
a human-readable name of provided speed.
It also changes a few places switch was used to use
this new function. This changes a bit the way the
speed is printed in few instances at the same time
standardising it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* tag 'v3.1-rc6': (1902 commits)
Linux 3.1-rc6
ioctl: register LTTng ioctl
fuse: fix memory leak
fuse: fix flock breakage
Btrfs: add dummy extent if dst offset excceeds file end in
Btrfs: calc file extent num_bytes correctly in file clone
btrfs: xattr: fix attribute removal
Btrfs: fix wrong nbytes information of the inode
Btrfs: fix the file extent gap when doing direct IO
Btrfs: fix unclosed transaction handle in btrfs_cont_expand
Btrfs: fix misuse of trans block rsv
Btrfs: reset to appropriate block rsv after orphan operations
Btrfs: skip locking if searching the commit root in csum lookup
btrfs: fix warning in iput for bad-inode
Btrfs: fix an oops when deleting snapshots
[media] vp7045: fix buffer setup
[media] nuvoton-cir: simplify raw IR sample handling
[media] [Resend] viacam: Don't explode if pci_find_bus() returns NULL
[media] v4l2: Fix documentation of the codec device controls
[media] gspca - sonixj: Fix the darkness of sensor om6802 in 320x240
...
tcp_md5sig_pool is currently an 'array' (a percpu object) of pointers to
struct tcp_md5sig_pool. Only the pointers are NUMA aware, but objects
themselves are all allocated on a single node.
Remove this extra indirection to get proper percpu memory (NUMA aware)
and make code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 0856a30409.
As requested by Eric Dumazet, it has various ref-counting
problems and has introduced regressions. Eric will add
a more suitable version of this performance fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A user-space process must use ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT to find the number
of classification rules, then allocate a buffer of the right size,
then use ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL to fill the buffer. If some other
process inserts or deletes a rule between those two operations,
the user buffer might turn out to be the wrong size.
If it's too small, the return value will be -EMSGSIZE. But if it's
too large, there is no indication of this. Fix this by updating
the rule_cnt field on return.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the description of ethtool_rxnfc::rule_locs; it is an array
of currently used locations, not all possible valid locations.
Add note that drivers must not use ethtool_rxnfc::rule_locs.
The rule_locs argument to ethtool_ops::get_rxnfc is either NULL or a
pointer to an array of u32, so change the parameter type accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The location of an RX flow classification rule is needed to identify
it for retrieval, replacement or deletion. However it also defines
the priority of the rule in the case that a flow is matched by
multiple rules. This is what I intended to imply by referring to the
use of a TCAM, commonly used to implement that behaviour.
However there are other ways this can be done, and it is better to
specify this explicitly. Further, I want to add the option for
automatic selection of rule locations.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refer consistently to 'classification rules' or just 'rules' rather
than 'filter specifications' or 'filter rules'.
Refer consistently to rule 'locations' and not 'indices'.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is compile tested only.
Suggested by dumpster diving in PAX.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the conversion of struct flowi to a union of AF-specific structs, some
operations on the flow cache need to account for the exact size of the key.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF-specific flowi structs are now passed to flow_key_compare, which must
also be aligned to a long.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a CAN Gateway/Router to route (and modify) CAN frames.
It is based on the PF_CAN core infrastructure for msg filtering and msg
sending and can optionally modify routed CAN frames on the fly.
CAN frames can *only* be routed between CAN network interfaces (one hop).
They can be modified with AND/OR/XOR/SET operations as configured by the
netlink configuration interface known e.g. from iptables. From the netlink
view this can-gw implements RTM_{NEW|DEL|GET}ROUTE for PF_CAN.
The CAN specific userspace tool to manage CAN routing entries can be found in
the CAN utils http://svn.berlios.de/wsvn/socketcan/trunk/can-utils/cangw.c
at the SocketCAN SVN on BerliOS.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt to reduce the number of IP packets emitted in response to single
SCTP packet (2e3216cd) introduced a complication - if a packet contains
two COOKIE_ECHO chunks and nothing else then SCTP state machine corks the
socket while processing first COOKIE_ECHO and then loses the association
and forgets to uncork the socket. To deal with the issue add new SCTP
command which can be used to set association explictly. Use this new
command when processing second COOKIE_ECHO chunk to restore the context
for SCTP state machine.
Signed-off-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch does several things:
- introduces __ethtool_get_settings which is called from ethtool code and
from drivers as well. Put ASSERT_RTNL there.
- dev_ethtool_get_settings() is replaced by __ethtool_get_settings()
- changes calling in drivers so rtnl locking is respected. In
iboe_get_rate was previously ->get_settings() called unlocked. This
fixes it. Also prb_calc_retire_blk_tmo() in af_packet.c had the same
problem. Also fixed by calling __dev_get_by_index() instead of
dev_get_by_index() and holding rtnl_lock for both calls.
- introduces rtnl_lock in bnx2fc_vport_create() and fcoe_vport_create()
so bnx2fc_if_create() and fcoe_if_create() are called locked as they
are from other places.
- use __ethtool_get_settings() in bonding code
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
v2->v3:
-removed dev_ethtool_get_settings()
-added ASSERT_RTNL into __ethtool_get_settings()
-prb_calc_retire_blk_tmo - use __dev_get_by_index() and lock
around it and __ethtool_get_settings() call
v1->v2:
add missing export_symbol
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> [except FCoE bits]
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are references to this PHY chip in the generic mii.h header, so removing them.
Re-jiggle the changed comments, in response to points raised by Ben Hutchings.
Signed-off-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whitespace changes - spaces converted to tabs after each define name and value
Signed-off-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_forward_skb loops an skb back into host networking
stack which might hang on the memory indefinitely.
In particular, this can happen in macvtap in bridged mode.
Copy the userspace fragments to avoid blocking the
sender in that case.
As this patch makes skb_copy_ubufs extern now,
I also added some documentation and made it clear
the SKBTX_DEV_ZEROCOPY flag automatically instead
of doing it in all callers. This can be made into a separate
patch if people feel it's worth it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Possible SYN flooding on port xxxx " messages can fill logs on servers.
Change logic to log the message only once per listener, and add two new
SNMP counters to track :
TCPReqQFullDoCookies : number of times a SYNCOOKIE was replied to client
TCPReqQFullDrop : number of times a SYN request was dropped because
syncookies were not enabled.
Based on a prior patch from Tom Herbert, and suggestions from David.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was pointed out by 'make versioncheck' that some includes of
linux/version.h are not needed in include/.
This patch removes them.
When I last posted the patch, the ceph bit was ACK'ed by Sage Weil, so
I've added that below.
The pwc-ioctl change generated quite a bit of discussion about V4L version
numbers in general, but as far as I can tell, no concensus was reached on
what the long term solution should be, so in the mean time I think we
could start by just removing the unneeded include, which is why I'm
resending the patch with that hunk still included.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Acked-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Building a kernel with hotplug disabled results in a link failure:
`bgpio_remove' referenced in section `___ksymtab_gpl+bgpio_remove' of drivers/built-in.o: defined in discarded section `.devexit.text' of drivers/built-in.o
This is because of bgpio_remove() is exported. It is illegal to export
symbols which are discarded either at link time or as part of an
init/exit section.
Fix this by dropping the __devexit attributation from bgpio_remove().
Also drop the __devinit attributation from bgpio_init().
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Revert the post-3.0 commit 82f9d486e5 ("memcg: add
memory.vmscan_stat").
The implementation of per-memcg reclaim statistics violates how memcg
hierarchies usually behave: hierarchically.
The reclaim statistics are accounted to child memcgs and the parent
hitting the limit, but not to hierarchy levels in between. Usually,
hierarchical statistics are perfectly recursive, with each level
representing the sum of itself and all its children.
Since this exports statistics to userspace, this may lead to confusion
and problems with changing things after the release, so revert it now,
we can try again later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <jweiner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Daisuke Nishimura <nishimura@mxp.nes.nec.co.jp>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Ying Han <yinghan@google.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Before permitting 'security.evm' to be updated, 'security.evm' must
exist and be valid. In the case that there are no existing EVM protected
xattrs, it is safe for posix acls to update the mode bits.
To differentiate between no 'security.evm' xattr and no xattrs used to
calculate 'security.evm', this patch defines INTEGRITY_NOXATTR.
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
The posix xattr acls are 'system' prefixed, which normally would not
affect security.evm. An interesting side affect of writing posix xattr
acls is their modifying of the i_mode, which is included in security.evm.
This patch updates security.evm when posix xattr acls are written.
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Per sec 7.1.3.5 of draft 12.0 of 802.11s, mesh frames indicate the
presence of the mesh control header in their QoS header.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
PicoDLP is a micro projector from TI.
DLP used in OMAP4 is dpp2600 (DLP Pico Projector) The DLP requires
commands to be sent over i2c for configurations. To know more about
dpp2600 commands please visit:
https://focus.ti.com/myti/docs/extranet.tsp?sectionId=403
The picodlp module consists of a dss driver and an i2c_client.
To know more please visit:
http://www.omappedia.org/wiki/PicoDLP_projector_guide
Based on original design from Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
[tomi.valkeinen@ti.com: squashed commits]
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
The endpoint usage field is described in the USB 2.0 specification,
chapter 9.6.6.
Also, move the sync type fields block down by some lines to reflect the
fact that these are also stuffed in bmAttributes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Add iommu fault report mechanism to the IOMMU API, so implementations
could report about mmu faults (translation errors, hardware errors,
etc..).
Fault reports can be used in several ways:
- mere logging
- reset the device that accessed the faulting address (may be necessary
in case the device is a remote processor for example)
- implement dynamic PTE/TLB loading
A dedicated iommu_set_fault_handler() API has been added to allow
users, who are interested to receive such reports, to provide
their handler.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
For ipv6 link-local addresses, sunrpc do not compare those scope id.
This patch let sunrpc compares scope id only on link-local addresses.
Signed-off-by: Mi Jinlong <mijinlong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
For IPv6 local address, lockd can not callback to client for
missing scope id when binding address at inet6_bind:
324 if (addr_type & IPV6_ADDR_LINKLOCAL) {
325 if (addr_len >= sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6) &&
326 addr->sin6_scope_id) {
327 /* Override any existing binding, if another one
328 * is supplied by user.
329 */
330 sk->sk_bound_dev_if = addr->sin6_scope_id;
331 }
332
333 /* Binding to link-local address requires an interface */
334 if (!sk->sk_bound_dev_if) {
335 err = -EINVAL;
336 goto out_unlock;
337 }
Replacing svc_addr_u by sockaddr_storage, let rqstp->rq_daddr contains more info
besides address.
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Mi Jinlong <mijinlong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
It is a reasonably common pattern for hardware to require some delay after
being quiesced before the disable has finalised, especially in mixed signal
devices. For example, an active discharge may be required to ensure that
the circuit starts up again in a known state. Avoid having to implement
such delays in the regulator API by providing regulator_deferred_disable()
which will do a regulator_disable() a specified number of milliseconds
after it is called.
Due to the reference counting done on regulators a deferred disable can
be cancelled by doing another regulator_enable().
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
The semantics of snd_mpu401_uart_new()'s interrupt parameters are
somewhat counterintuitive: To prevent the function from allocating its
own interrupt, either the irq number must be invalid, or the irq_flags
parameter must be zero. At the same time, the irq parameter being
invalid specifies that the mpu401 code has to work without an interrupt
allocated by the caller. This implies that, if there is an interrupt
and it is allocated by the caller, the irq parameter must be set to
a valid-looking number which then isn't actually used.
With the removal of IRQF_DISABLED, zero becomes a valid irq_flags value,
which forces us to handle the parameters differently.
This patch introduces a new flag MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK for when the
device interrupt is handled by the caller, and makes the allocation of
the interrupt to depend only on the irq parameter. As suggested by
Takashi, the irq_flags parameter was dropped because, when used, it had
the constant value IRQF_DISABLED.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
This patch updates following 3 items.
1. Removes unneccessary code.
2. Add AMBA, PL330 configuration
3. Change the meaning of 'peri_id' variable
from PL330 event number to specific dma id by user.
Signed-off-by: Boojin Kim <boojin.kim@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
There are no more users...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The current code is sort of hackish in that it assumes a referral is always
matched to an export. When we add support for junctions that may not be the
case.
We can replace nfsd4_path() with a function that encodes the components
directly from the dentries. Since nfsd4_path is currently the only user of
the 'ex_pathname' field in struct svc_export, this has the added benefit
of allowing us to get rid of that.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Specs say about size 2 (u16) and my 14e4:4727 has board rev 0x1211.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The qi->q_lock lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The iommu->register_lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
must not be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The oprofilefs_lock can be taken in atomic context (in profiling
interrupts) and therefore cannot cannot be preempted on -rt -
annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
There is no reason to allow the lock protecting rwsems (the
ownerless variant) to be preemptible on -rt. Convert it to raw.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
There is no reason to have the spin_lock protecting the semaphore
preemptible on -rt. Annotate it as a raw_spinlock.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
( On rt this also solves lockdep complaining about the
rt_mutex.wait_lock being not initialized. )
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The thread_group_cputimer lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The logbuf_lock lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
[ merged and fixed it ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The prop_local_percpu::lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The percpu_counter::lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The kprobe locks can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
There is very little benefit in allowing to let a ->make_request
instance update the bios device and sector and loop around it in
__generic_make_request when we can archive the same through calling
generic_make_request from the driver and letting the loop in
generic_make_request handle it.
Note that various drivers got the return value from ->make_request and
returned non-zero values for errors.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Avoid the hacks need for request based device mappers currently by simply
exporting the symbol instead of trying to get it through the back door.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Some irq chips need the irq_set_wake() functionality, but do not
require a irq_set_wake() callback. Instead of forcing an empty
callback to be implemented add a flag which notes this fact. Check for
the flag in set_irq_wake_real() and return success when set.
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The ecctype and eccsize fields have been obsolete for a while. Since they
don't have any users, we can kill them and leave padding in their place
for now.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
The nand_chip.ops field is a struct that is passed around globally with
no particular reason. Every time it is used, it could just as easily be
replaced with a local struct that is updated on each operation. So make
it local.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
We're missing a lot of important documentation in include/mtd/mtd-abi.h:
* add a simple description of each ioctl (feel free to expand!)
* give full explanations of recently added and modified operations
* explain the usage of "RAW" that appear in different modes and types of
operations
* fix some comment style along the way
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
Implement a new ioctl for writing both page data and OOB to flash at the
same time. This ioctl is intended to be a generic interface that can
replace other ioctls (MEMWRITEOOB and MEMWRITEOOB64) and cover the
functionality of several other old ones, e.g., MEMWRITE can:
* write autoplaced OOB instead of using ECCGETLAYOUT (deprecated) and
working around the reserved areas
* write raw (no ECC) OOB instead of using MTDFILEMODE to set the
per-file-descriptor MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW
* write raw (no ECC) data instead of using MTDFILEMODE
(MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW) and using standard character device "write"
This ioctl is especially useful for MLC NAND, which cannot be written
twice (i.e., we cannot successfully write the page data and OOB in two
separate operations). Instead, MEMWRITE can write both in a single
operation.
Note that this ioctl is not affected by the MTD file mode (i.e.,
MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW vs. MTD_FILE_MODE_NORMAL), since it receives its write
mode as an input parameter.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
The MT9P031 is a parallel 12-bit 5MP sensor from Aptina (formerly
Micron) controlled through I2C.
The driver creates a V4L2 subdevice. It currently supports skipping,
cropping, automatic binning, and gain, exposure, h/v flip and test
pattern controls.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martin <javier.martin@vista-silicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
drivers/media/video/omap3isp/isp.h is not a proper location for a header
that needs to be included from board code. Move the platform data
definitions to media/omap3isp.h.
Board code still needs to include isp.h to get the struct isp_device
definition and access OMAP3 ISP platform callbacks. Those callbacks will
be replaced by more generic code.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
These modes hold their state only for the life of their file descriptor,
and they overlap functionality with the MTD_OPS_* modes. Particularly,
MTD_MODE_RAW and MTD_OPS_RAW cover the same function: to provide raw
(i.e., without ECC) access to the flash. In fact, although it may not be
clear, MTD_MODE_RAW implied that operations should enable the
MTD_OPS_RAW mode.
Thus, we should be specific on what each mode means. This is a start,
where MTD_FILE_MODE_* actually represents a "file mode," not necessarily
a true global MTD mode.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
These modes are not necessarily for OOB only. Particularly, MTD_OOB_RAW
affected operations on in-band page data as well. To clarify these
options and to emphasize that their effect is applied per-operation, we
change the primary prefix to MTD_OPS_.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
We will want to use the MTD_OOB_{PLACE,AUTO,RAW} modes in user-space
applications through the introduction of new ioctls, so we should make
this enum a shared type.
This enum is now anonymous.
Artem: tweaked the patch.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
This fixes issues with `nanddump -n' and the MEMREADOOB[64] ioctls on
hardware that performs error correction when reading only OOB data. A
driver for such hardware needs to know when we're doing a RAW vs. a
normal write, but mtd_do_read_oob does not pass such information to the
lower layers (e.g., NAND). We should pass MTD_OOB_RAW or MTD_OOB_PLACE
based on the MTD file mode.
For now, most drivers can get away with just setting:
chip->ecc.read_oob_raw = chip->ecc.read_oob
This is done by default; but for systems that behave as described above,
you must supply your own replacement function.
This was tested with nandsim as well as on actual SLC NAND.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
This fixes issues with `nandwrite -n -o' and the MEMWRITEOOB[64] ioctls
on hardware that writes ECC when writing OOB. The problem arises as
follows: `nandwrite -n' can write page data to flash without applying
ECC, but when used with the `-o' option, ECC is applied (incorrectly),
contrary to the `--noecc' option.
I found that this is the case because my hardware computes and writes
ECC data to flash upon either OOB write or page write. Thus, to support
a proper "no ECC" write, my driver must know when we're performing a raw
OOB write vs. a normal ECC OOB write. However, MTD does not pass any raw
mode information to the write_oob functions. This patch addresses the
problems by:
1) Passing MTD_OOB_RAW down to lower layers, instead of just defaulting
to MTD_OOB_PLACE
2) Handling MTD_OOB_RAW within the NAND layer's `nand_do_write_oob'
3) Adding a new (replaceable) function pointer in struct ecc_ctrl; this
function should support writing OOB without ECC data. Current
hardware often can use the same OOB write function when writing
either with or without ECC
This was tested with nandsim as well as on actual SLC NAND.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
MEMSETOOBSEL is completely unused and useless. Remove the definition.
Note: it's probably best not to use this ioctl number in the future for
MTD, since that may cause conflicts between old kernels and new user
software (or new kernels and old user software).
Artem: leave a comment about MEMSETOOBSEL.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
The set_parts and priv members of struct platform_nand_chip where
removed in commit c36a6ef3845262ade529afb9f458738b1f196f83 but the
kerneldoc wasn't updated.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
